libmikmod-3.3.13/0000755000000000000000000000000015001051776012250 5ustar rootrootlibmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/0000755000000000000000000000000015001051776014301 5ustar rootrootlibmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/compile0000755000000000000000000001635014072725711015670 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh # Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey . # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . nl=' ' # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage. IFS=" "" $nl" file_conv= # func_file_conv build_file lazy # Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file # Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion # type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will # take place. func_file_conv () { file=$1 case $file in / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file if test -z "$file_conv"; then # lazily determine how to convert abs files case `uname -s` in MINGW*) file_conv=mingw ;; CYGWIN* | MSYS*) file_conv=cygwin ;; *) file_conv=wine ;; esac fi case $file_conv/,$2, in *,$file_conv,*) ;; mingw/*) file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` ;; cygwin/* | msys/*) file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; wine/*) file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; esac ;; esac } # func_cl_dashL linkdir # Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR func_cl_dashL () { func_file_conv "$1" if test -z "$lib_path"; then lib_path=$file else lib_path="$lib_path;$file" fi linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file" } # func_cl_dashl library # Do a library search-path lookup for cl func_cl_dashl () { lib=$1 found=no save_IFS=$IFS IFS=';' for dir in $lib_path $LIB do IFS=$save_IFS if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then found=yes lib=$dir/lib$lib.a break fi done IFS=$save_IFS if test "$found" != yes; then lib=$lib.lib fi } # func_cl_wrapper cl arg... # Adjust compile command to suit cl func_cl_wrapper () { # Assume a capable shell lib_path= shared=: linker_opts= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ]) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fo"$file" shift ;; *) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fe"$file" shift ;; esac ;; -I) eat=1 func_file_conv "$2" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -I*) func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -l) eat=1 func_cl_dashl "$2" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -l*) func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -L) eat=1 func_cl_dashL "$2" ;; -L*) func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}" ;; -static) shared=false ;; -Wl,*) arg=${1#-Wl,} save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $arg; do IFS="$save_ifs" linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" ;; -Xlinker) eat=1 linker_opts="$linker_opts $2" ;; -*) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++) func_file_conv "$1" set x "$@" -Tp"$file" shift ;; *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO]) func_file_conv "$1" mingw set x "$@" "$file" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -n "$linker_opts"; then linker_opts="-link$linker_opts" fi exec "$@" $linker_opts exit 1 } eat= case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining arguments, and rename the output as expected. If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'. Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "compile $scriptversion" exit $? ;; cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \ icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe ) func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return... ;; esac ofile= cfile= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.obj) ofile=$2 ;; *) set x "$@" -o "$2" shift ;; esac ;; *.c) cfile=$1 set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also # ok. exec "$@" fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. # Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then break fi sleep 1 done # FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Run the compile. "$@" ret=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" fi rmdir "$lockdir" exit $ret # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/depcomp0000755000000000000000000005602014072725711015665 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac # Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the # global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will # be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate. set_dir_from () { case $1 in */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;; *) dir=;; esac } # Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the # global variable '$base'. set_base_from () { base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'` } # If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation, # we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the # Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme. make_dummy_depfile () { echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" } # Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile. # Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set. aix_post_process_depfile () { # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file, # post-process it. if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # $object: dependency.h # and one to simply output # dependency.h: # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem. { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" } > "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi } # A tabulation character. tab=' ' # A newline character. nl=' ' # Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale. # These definitions help. upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz digits=0123456789 alpha=${upper}${lower} if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Avoid interferences from the environment. gccflag= dashmflag= # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvisualcpp fi if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvc7 fi if test "$depmode" = xlc; then # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information. gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF depmode=gcc fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. ## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon ## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they ## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here ## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. for arg do case $arg in -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; esac shift # fnord shift # $arg done "$@" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers. ## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler. ## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above). ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be ## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode. ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive # letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH ## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \ | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> "$depfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; xlc) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u "$@" -Wc,-M else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done aix_post_process_depfile ;; tcc) # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26 # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing. # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released # versions. # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a # trailing '\', as in: # # foo.o : \ # foo.c \ # foo.h \ # # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7 # "Emit spaces for -MD"). "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'. # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'. sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:' # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem. sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; ## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the ## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order ## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many ## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options. pgcc) # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'. # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory. # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file. # pgcc 10.2 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using '\' : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... set_dir_from "$object" # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since # that's sadly what pgcc will do too. set_base_from "$source" tmpdepfile=$base.d # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on # the same $tmpdepfile. lockdir=$base.d-lock trap " echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2 rmdir '$lockdir' exit 1 " 1 2 13 15 numtries=100 i=$numtries while test $i -gt 0; do # mkdir is a portable test-and-set. if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then # This process acquired the lock. "$@" -MD stat=$? # Release the lock. rmdir "$lockdir" break else # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait # until the winning process is done or we timeout. while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do sleep 1 i=`expr $i - 1` done fi i=`expr $i - 1` done trap - 1 2 13 15 if test $i -le 0; then echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2 echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2 exit 1 fi if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp2) # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that # happens to be. # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d "$@" -Wc,+Maked else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d "$@" +Maked fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Add 'dependent.h:' lines. sed -ne '2,${ s/^ *// s/ \\*$// s/$/:/ p }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise. tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode. aix_post_process_depfile ;; msvc7) if test "$libtool" = yes; then showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes else showIncludes=-showIncludes fi "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' /^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { s//\1/ s/\\/\\\\/g p }' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' s/ /\\ /g s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ H $ { s/.*/'"$tab"'/ G p }' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvc7msys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for ':' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no eat=no for arg do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac if test $eat = yes; then eat=no continue fi case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -arch) eat=yes ;; -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \ | tr ' ' "$nl" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E \ | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo "$tab" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvcmsys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/ltmain.sh0000644000000000000000000117613314701676710016144 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh ## DO NOT EDIT - This file generated from ./build-aux/ltmain.in ## by inline-source v2014-01-03.01 # libtool (GNU libtool) 2.4.6 # Provide generalized library-building support services. # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO # warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, # if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that # is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the # same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # # GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . PROGRAM=libtool PACKAGE=libtool VERSION=2.4.6 package_revision=2.4.6 ## ------ ## ## Usage. ## ## ------ ## # Run './libtool --help' for help with using this script from the # command line. ## ------------------------------- ## ## User overridable command paths. ## ## ------------------------------- ## # After configure completes, it has a better idea of some of the # shell tools we need than the defaults used by the functions shared # with bootstrap, so set those here where they can still be over- # ridden by the user, but otherwise take precedence. : ${AUTOCONF="autoconf"} : ${AUTOMAKE="automake"} ## -------------------------- ## ## Source external libraries. ## ## -------------------------- ## # Much of our low-level functionality needs to be sourced from external # libraries, which are installed to $pkgauxdir. # Set a version string for this script. scriptversion=2015-01-20.17; # UTC # General shell script boiler plate, and helper functions. # Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2004 # Copyright (C) 2004-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO # warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you distribute # this file as part of a program or library that is built using GNU Libtool, # you may include this file under the same distribution terms that you use # for the rest of that program. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org. ## ------ ## ## Usage. ## ## ------ ## # Evaluate this file near the top of your script to gain access to # the functions and variables defined here: # # . `echo "$0" | ${SED-sed} 's|[^/]*$||'`/build-aux/funclib.sh # # If you need to override any of the default environment variable # settings, do that before evaluating this file. ## -------------------- ## ## Shell normalisation. ## ## -------------------- ## # Some shells need a little help to be as Bourne compatible as possible. # Before doing anything else, make sure all that help has been provided! DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix ;; esac fi # NLS nuisances: We save the old values in case they are required later. _G_user_locale= _G_safe_locale= for _G_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test set = \"\${$_G_var+set}\"; then save_$_G_var=\$$_G_var $_G_var=C export $_G_var _G_user_locale=\"$_G_var=\\\$save_\$_G_var; \$_G_user_locale\" _G_safe_locale=\"$_G_var=C; \$_G_safe_locale\" fi" done # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # Make sure IFS has a sensible default sp=' ' nl=' ' IFS="$sp $nl" # There are apparently some retarded systems that use ';' as a PATH separator! if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi ## ------------------------- ## ## Locate command utilities. ## ## ------------------------- ## # func_executable_p FILE # ---------------------- # Check that FILE is an executable regular file. func_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # func_path_progs PROGS_LIST CHECK_FUNC [PATH] # -------------------------------------------- # Search for either a program that responds to --version with output # containing "GNU", or else returned by CHECK_FUNC otherwise, by # trying all the directories in PATH with each of the elements of # PROGS_LIST. # # CHECK_FUNC should accept the path to a candidate program, and # set $func_check_prog_result if it truncates its output less than # $_G_path_prog_max characters. func_path_progs () { _G_progs_list=$1 _G_check_func=$2 _G_PATH=${3-"$PATH"} _G_path_prog_max=0 _G_path_prog_found=false _G_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} for _G_dir in $_G_PATH; do IFS=$_G_save_IFS test -z "$_G_dir" && _G_dir=. for _G_prog_name in $_G_progs_list; do for _exeext in '' .EXE; do _G_path_prog=$_G_dir/$_G_prog_name$_exeext func_executable_p "$_G_path_prog" || continue case `"$_G_path_prog" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) func_path_progs_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_found=: ;; *) $_G_check_func $_G_path_prog func_path_progs_result=$func_check_prog_result ;; esac $_G_path_prog_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$_G_save_IFS test -z "$func_path_progs_result" && { echo "no acceptable sed could be found in \$PATH" >&2 exit 1 } } # We want to be able to use the functions in this file before configure # has figured out where the best binaries are kept, which means we have # to search for them ourselves - except when the results are already set # where we skip the searches. # Unless the user overrides by setting SED, search the path for either GNU # sed, or the sed that truncates its output the least. test -z "$SED" && { _G_sed_script=s/aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa/bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb/ for _G_i in 1 2 3 4 5 6 7; do _G_sed_script=$_G_sed_script$nl$_G_sed_script done echo "$_G_sed_script" 2>/dev/null | sed 99q >conftest.sed _G_sed_script= func_check_prog_sed () { _G_path_prog=$1 _G_count=0 printf 0123456789 >conftest.in while : do cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp mv conftest.tmp conftest.in cp conftest.in conftest.nl echo '' >> conftest.nl "$_G_path_prog" -f conftest.sed conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1` if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out } func_path_progs "sed gsed" func_check_prog_sed $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin rm -f conftest.sed SED=$func_path_progs_result } # Unless the user overrides by setting GREP, search the path for either GNU # grep, or the grep that truncates its output the least. test -z "$GREP" && { func_check_prog_grep () { _G_path_prog=$1 _G_count=0 _G_path_prog_max=0 printf 0123456789 >conftest.in while : do cat conftest.in conftest.in >conftest.tmp mv conftest.tmp conftest.in cp conftest.in conftest.nl echo 'GREP' >> conftest.nl "$_G_path_prog" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' conftest.out 2>/dev/null || break diff conftest.out conftest.nl >/dev/null 2>&1 || break _G_count=`expr $_G_count + 1` if test "$_G_count" -gt "$_G_path_prog_max"; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one func_check_prog_result=$_G_path_prog _G_path_prog_max=$_G_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test 10 -lt "$_G_count" && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out } func_path_progs "grep ggrep" func_check_prog_grep $PATH:/usr/xpg4/bin GREP=$func_path_progs_result } ## ------------------------------- ## ## User overridable command paths. ## ## ------------------------------- ## # All uppercase variable names are used for environment variables. These # variables can be overridden by the user before calling a script that # uses them if a suitable command of that name is not already available # in the command search PATH. : ${CP="cp -f"} : ${ECHO="printf %s\n"} : ${EGREP="$GREP -E"} : ${FGREP="$GREP -F"} : ${LN_S="ln -s"} : ${MAKE="make"} : ${MKDIR="mkdir"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} : ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} ## -------------------- ## ## Useful sed snippets. ## ## -------------------- ## sed_dirname='s|/[^/]*$||' sed_basename='s|^.*/||' # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='s|\([`"$\\]\)|\\\1|g' # Same as above, but do not quote variable references. sed_double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' # Sed substitution that turns a string into a regex matching for the # string literally. sed_make_literal_regex='s|[].[^$\\*\/]|\\&|g' # Sed substitution that converts a w32 file name or path # that contains forward slashes, into one that contains # (escaped) backslashes. A very naive implementation. sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' # Re-'\' parameter expansions in output of sed_double_quote_subst that # were '\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of '\' preceded a # '$' in input to sed_double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from # expansion. Since each input '\' is now two '\'s, look for any number # of runs of four '\'s followed by two '\'s and then a '$'. '\' that '$'. _G_bs='\\' _G_bs2='\\\\' _G_bs4='\\\\\\\\' _G_dollar='\$' sed_double_backslash="\ s/$_G_bs4/&\\ /g s/^$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/$_G_bs&/ s/\\([^$_G_bs]\\)$_G_bs2$_G_dollar/\\1$_G_bs2$_G_bs$_G_dollar/g s/\n//g" ## ----------------- ## ## Global variables. ## ## ----------------- ## # Except for the global variables explicitly listed below, the following # functions in the '^func_' namespace, and the '^require_' namespace # variables initialised in the 'Resource management' section, sourcing # this file will not pollute your global namespace with anything # else. There's no portable way to scope variables in Bourne shell # though, so actually running these functions will sometimes place # results into a variable named after the function, and often use # temporary variables in the '^_G_' namespace. If you are careful to # avoid using those namespaces casually in your sourcing script, things # should continue to work as you expect. And, of course, you can freely # overwrite any of the functions or variables defined here before # calling anything to customize them. EXIT_SUCCESS=0 EXIT_FAILURE=1 EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. # Allow overriding, eg assuming that you follow the convention of # putting '$debug_cmd' at the start of all your functions, you can get # bash to show function call trace with: # # debug_cmd='eval echo "${FUNCNAME[0]} $*" >&2' bash your-script-name debug_cmd=${debug_cmd-":"} exit_cmd=: # By convention, finish your script with: # # exit $exit_status # # so that you can set exit_status to non-zero if you want to indicate # something went wrong during execution without actually bailing out at # the point of failure. exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS # Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh # is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of # the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special # positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the # function. progpath=$0 # The name of this program. progname=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_basename"` # Make sure we have an absolute progpath for reexecution: case $progpath in [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; *[\\/]*) progdir=`$ECHO "$progpath" |$SED "$sed_dirname"` progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` progpath=$progdir/$progname ;; *) _G_IFS=$IFS IFS=${PATH_SEPARATOR-:} for progdir in $PATH; do IFS=$_G_IFS test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break done IFS=$_G_IFS test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` progpath=$progdir/$progname ;; esac ## ----------------- ## ## Standard options. ## ## ----------------- ## # The following options affect the operation of the functions defined # below, and should be set appropriately depending on run-time para- # meters passed on the command line. opt_dry_run=false opt_quiet=false opt_verbose=false # Categories 'all' and 'none' are always available. Append any others # you will pass as the first argument to func_warning from your own # code. warning_categories= # By default, display warnings according to 'opt_warning_types'. Set # 'warning_func' to ':' to elide all warnings, or func_fatal_error to # treat the next displayed warning as a fatal error. warning_func=func_warn_and_continue # Set to 'all' to display all warnings, 'none' to suppress all # warnings, or a space delimited list of some subset of # 'warning_categories' to display only the listed warnings. opt_warning_types=all ## -------------------- ## ## Resource management. ## ## -------------------- ## # This section contains definitions for functions that each ensure a # particular resource (a file, or a non-empty configuration variable for # example) is available, and if appropriate to extract default values # from pertinent package files. Call them using their associated # 'require_*' variable to ensure that they are executed, at most, once. # # It's entirely deliberate that calling these functions can set # variables that don't obey the namespace limitations obeyed by the rest # of this file, in order that that they be as useful as possible to # callers. # require_term_colors # ------------------- # Allow display of bold text on terminals that support it. require_term_colors=func_require_term_colors func_require_term_colors () { $debug_cmd test -t 1 && { # COLORTERM and USE_ANSI_COLORS environment variables take # precedence, because most terminfo databases neglect to describe # whether color sequences are supported. test -n "${COLORTERM+set}" && : ${USE_ANSI_COLORS="1"} if test 1 = "$USE_ANSI_COLORS"; then # Standard ANSI escape sequences tc_reset='' tc_bold=''; tc_standout='' tc_red=''; tc_green='' tc_blue=''; tc_cyan='' else # Otherwise trust the terminfo database after all. test -n "`tput sgr0 2>/dev/null`" && { tc_reset=`tput sgr0` test -n "`tput bold 2>/dev/null`" && tc_bold=`tput bold` tc_standout=$tc_bold test -n "`tput smso 2>/dev/null`" && tc_standout=`tput smso` test -n "`tput setaf 1 2>/dev/null`" && tc_red=`tput setaf 1` test -n "`tput setaf 2 2>/dev/null`" && tc_green=`tput setaf 2` test -n "`tput setaf 4 2>/dev/null`" && tc_blue=`tput setaf 4` test -n "`tput setaf 5 2>/dev/null`" && tc_cyan=`tput setaf 5` } fi } require_term_colors=: } ## ----------------- ## ## Function library. ## ## ----------------- ## # This section contains a variety of useful functions to call in your # scripts. Take note of the portable wrappers for features provided by # some modern shells, which will fall back to slower equivalents on # less featureful shells. # func_append VAR VALUE # --------------------- # Append VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR. # We should try to minimise forks, especially on Windows where they are # unreasonably slow, so skip the feature probes when bash or zsh are # being used: if test set = "${BASH_VERSION+set}${ZSH_VERSION+set}"; then : ${_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP="yes"} : ${_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS="yes"} # The += operator was introduced in bash 3.1 case $BASH_VERSION in [12].* | 3.0 | 3.0*) ;; *) : ${_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP="yes"} ;; esac fi # _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP # Can be empty, in which case the shell is probed, "yes" if += is # useable or anything else if it does not work. test -z "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" \ && (eval 'x=a; x+=" b"; test "a b" = "$x"') 2>/dev/null \ && _G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP=yes if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP" then # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation... eval 'func_append () { $debug_cmd eval "$1+=\$2" }' else # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. func_append () { $debug_cmd eval "$1=\$$1\$2" } fi # func_append_quoted VAR VALUE # ---------------------------- # Quote VALUE and append to the end of shell variable VAR, separated # by a space. if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_PLUSEQ_OP"; then eval 'func_append_quoted () { $debug_cmd func_quote_for_eval "$2" eval "$1+=\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" }' else func_append_quoted () { $debug_cmd func_quote_for_eval "$2" eval "$1=\$$1\\ \$func_quote_for_eval_result" } fi # func_append_uniq VAR VALUE # -------------------------- # Append unique VALUE onto the existing contents of VAR, assuming # entries are delimited by the first character of VALUE. For example: # # func_append_uniq options " --another-option option-argument" # # will only append to $options if " --another-option option-argument " # is not already present somewhere in $options already (note spaces at # each end implied by leading space in second argument). func_append_uniq () { $debug_cmd eval _G_current_value='`$ECHO $'$1'`' _G_delim=`expr "$2" : '\(.\)'` case $_G_delim$_G_current_value$_G_delim in *"$2$_G_delim"*) ;; *) func_append "$@" ;; esac } # func_arith TERM... # ------------------ # Set func_arith_result to the result of evaluating TERMs. test -z "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP" \ && (eval 'test 2 = $(( 1 + 1 ))') 2>/dev/null \ && _G_HAVE_ARITH_OP=yes if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_ARITH_OP"; then eval 'func_arith () { $debug_cmd func_arith_result=$(( $* )) }' else func_arith () { $debug_cmd func_arith_result=`expr "$@"` } fi # func_basename FILE # ------------------ # Set func_basename_result to FILE with everything up to and including # the last / stripped. if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then # If this shell supports suffix pattern removal, then use it to avoid # forking. Hide the definitions single quotes in case the shell chokes # on unsupported syntax... _b='func_basename_result=${1##*/}' _d='case $1 in */*) func_dirname_result=${1%/*}$2 ;; * ) func_dirname_result=$3 ;; esac' else # ...otherwise fall back to using sed. _b='func_basename_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_basename"`' _d='func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "$1" |$SED "$sed_dirname"` if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X$1"; then func_dirname_result=$3 else func_append func_dirname_result "$2" fi' fi eval 'func_basename () { $debug_cmd '"$_b"' }' # func_dirname FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT # ------------------------------------------- # Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, add APPEND to the result, # otherwise set result to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. eval 'func_dirname () { $debug_cmd '"$_d"' }' # func_dirname_and_basename FILE APPEND NONDIR_REPLACEMENT # -------------------------------------------------------- # Perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function # call: # dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, # add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result # to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. # value returned in "$func_dirname_result" # basename: Compute filename of FILE. # value retuned in "$func_basename_result" # For efficiency, we do not delegate to the functions above but instead # duplicate the functionality here. eval 'func_dirname_and_basename () { $debug_cmd '"$_b"' '"$_d"' }' # func_echo ARG... # ---------------- # Echo program name prefixed message. func_echo () { $debug_cmd _G_message=$* func_echo_IFS=$IFS IFS=$nl for _G_line in $_G_message; do IFS=$func_echo_IFS $ECHO "$progname: $_G_line" done IFS=$func_echo_IFS } # func_echo_all ARG... # -------------------- # Invoke $ECHO with all args, space-separated. func_echo_all () { $ECHO "$*" } # func_echo_infix_1 INFIX ARG... # ------------------------------ # Echo program name, followed by INFIX on the first line, with any # additional lines not showing INFIX. func_echo_infix_1 () { $debug_cmd $require_term_colors _G_infix=$1; shift _G_indent=$_G_infix _G_prefix="$progname: $_G_infix: " _G_message=$* # Strip color escape sequences before counting printable length for _G_tc in "$tc_reset" "$tc_bold" "$tc_standout" "$tc_red" "$tc_green" "$tc_blue" "$tc_cyan" do test -n "$_G_tc" && { _G_esc_tc=`$ECHO "$_G_tc" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` _G_indent=`$ECHO "$_G_indent" | $SED "s|$_G_esc_tc||g"` } done _G_indent="$progname: "`echo "$_G_indent" | $SED 's|.| |g'`" " ## exclude from sc_prohibit_nested_quotes func_echo_infix_1_IFS=$IFS IFS=$nl for _G_line in $_G_message; do IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS $ECHO "$_G_prefix$tc_bold$_G_line$tc_reset" >&2 _G_prefix=$_G_indent done IFS=$func_echo_infix_1_IFS } # func_error ARG... # ----------------- # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. func_error () { $debug_cmd $require_term_colors func_echo_infix_1 " $tc_standout${tc_red}error$tc_reset" "$*" >&2 } # func_fatal_error ARG... # ----------------------- # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. func_fatal_error () { $debug_cmd func_error "$*" exit $EXIT_FAILURE } # func_grep EXPRESSION FILENAME # ----------------------------- # Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. func_grep () { $debug_cmd $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 } # func_len STRING # --------------- # Set func_len_result to the length of STRING. STRING may not # start with a hyphen. test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \ && (eval 'x=a/b/c; test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \ && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then eval 'func_len () { $debug_cmd func_len_result=${#1} }' else func_len () { $debug_cmd func_len_result=`expr "$1" : ".*" 2>/dev/null || echo $max_cmd_len` } fi # func_mkdir_p DIRECTORY-PATH # --------------------------- # Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. func_mkdir_p () { $debug_cmd _G_directory_path=$1 _G_dir_list= if test -n "$_G_directory_path" && test : != "$opt_dry_run"; then # Protect directory names starting with '-' case $_G_directory_path in -*) _G_directory_path=./$_G_directory_path ;; esac # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... while test ! -d "$_G_directory_path"; do # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. _G_dir_list=$_G_directory_path:$_G_dir_list # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done case $_G_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop _G_directory_path=`$ECHO "$_G_directory_path" | $SED -e "$sed_dirname"` done _G_dir_list=`$ECHO "$_G_dir_list" | $SED 's|:*$||'` func_mkdir_p_IFS=$IFS; IFS=: for _G_dir in $_G_dir_list; do IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS # mkdir can fail with a 'File exist' error if two processes # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't # stop in that case! $MKDIR "$_G_dir" 2>/dev/null || : done IFS=$func_mkdir_p_IFS # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. test -d "$_G_directory_path" || \ func_fatal_error "Failed to create '$1'" fi } # func_mktempdir [BASENAME] # ------------------------- # Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running # libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If # given, BASENAME is the basename for that directory. func_mktempdir () { $debug_cmd _G_template=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname} if test : = "$opt_dry_run"; then # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-$$ else # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost _G_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "$_G_template-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` if test ! -d "$_G_tmpdir"; then # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race _G_tmpdir=$_G_template-${RANDOM-0}$$ func_mktempdir_umask=`umask` umask 0077 $MKDIR "$_G_tmpdir" umask $func_mktempdir_umask fi # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure test -d "$_G_tmpdir" || \ func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory '$_G_tmpdir'" fi $ECHO "$_G_tmpdir" } # func_normal_abspath PATH # ------------------------ # Remove doubled-up and trailing slashes, "." path components, # and cancel out any ".." path components in PATH after making # it an absolute path. func_normal_abspath () { $debug_cmd # These SED scripts presuppose an absolute path with a trailing slash. _G_pathcar='s|^/\([^/]*\).*$|\1|' _G_pathcdr='s|^/[^/]*||' _G_removedotparts=':dotsl s|/\./|/|g t dotsl s|/\.$|/|' _G_collapseslashes='s|/\{1,\}|/|g' _G_finalslash='s|/*$|/|' # Start from root dir and reassemble the path. func_normal_abspath_result= func_normal_abspath_tpath=$1 func_normal_abspath_altnamespace= case $func_normal_abspath_tpath in "") # Empty path, that just means $cwd. func_stripname '' '/' "`pwd`" func_normal_abspath_result=$func_stripname_result return ;; # The next three entries are used to spot a run of precisely # two leading slashes without using negated character classes; # we take advantage of case's first-match behaviour. ///*) # Unusual form of absolute path, do nothing. ;; //*) # Not necessarily an ordinary path; POSIX reserves leading '//' # and for example Cygwin uses it to access remote file shares # over CIFS/SMB, so we conserve a leading double slash if found. func_normal_abspath_altnamespace=/ ;; /*) # Absolute path, do nothing. ;; *) # Relative path, prepend $cwd. func_normal_abspath_tpath=`pwd`/$func_normal_abspath_tpath ;; esac # Cancel out all the simple stuff to save iterations. We also want # the path to end with a slash for ease of parsing, so make sure # there is one (and only one) here. func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$_G_removedotparts" -e "$_G_collapseslashes" -e "$_G_finalslash"` while :; do # Processed it all yet? if test / = "$func_normal_abspath_tpath"; then # If we ascended to the root using ".." the result may be empty now. if test -z "$func_normal_abspath_result"; then func_normal_abspath_result=/ fi break fi func_normal_abspath_tcomponent=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$_G_pathcar"` func_normal_abspath_tpath=`$ECHO "$func_normal_abspath_tpath" | $SED \ -e "$_G_pathcdr"` # Figure out what to do with it case $func_normal_abspath_tcomponent in "") # Trailing empty path component, ignore it. ;; ..) # Parent dir; strip last assembled component from result. func_dirname "$func_normal_abspath_result" func_normal_abspath_result=$func_dirname_result ;; *) # Actual path component, append it. func_append func_normal_abspath_result "/$func_normal_abspath_tcomponent" ;; esac done # Restore leading double-slash if one was found on entry. func_normal_abspath_result=$func_normal_abspath_altnamespace$func_normal_abspath_result } # func_notquiet ARG... # -------------------- # Echo program name prefixed message only when not in quiet mode. func_notquiet () { $debug_cmd $opt_quiet || func_echo ${1+"$@"} # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to # work around that: : } # func_relative_path SRCDIR DSTDIR # -------------------------------- # Set func_relative_path_result to the relative path from SRCDIR to DSTDIR. func_relative_path () { $debug_cmd func_relative_path_result= func_normal_abspath "$1" func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_normal_abspath_result func_normal_abspath "$2" func_relative_path_tbindir=$func_normal_abspath_result # Ascend the tree starting from libdir while :; do # check if we have found a prefix of bindir case $func_relative_path_tbindir in $func_relative_path_tlibdir) # found an exact match func_relative_path_tcancelled= break ;; $func_relative_path_tlibdir*) # found a matching prefix func_stripname "$func_relative_path_tlibdir" '' "$func_relative_path_tbindir" func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_stripname_result if test -z "$func_relative_path_result"; then func_relative_path_result=. fi break ;; *) func_dirname $func_relative_path_tlibdir func_relative_path_tlibdir=$func_dirname_result if test -z "$func_relative_path_tlibdir"; then # Have to descend all the way to the root! func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result func_relative_path_tcancelled=$func_relative_path_tbindir break fi func_relative_path_result=../$func_relative_path_result ;; esac done # Now calculate path; take care to avoid doubling-up slashes. func_stripname '' '/' "$func_relative_path_result" func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result func_stripname '/' '/' "$func_relative_path_tcancelled" if test -n "$func_stripname_result"; then func_append func_relative_path_result "/$func_stripname_result" fi # Normalisation. If bindir is libdir, return '.' else relative path. if test -n "$func_relative_path_result"; then func_stripname './' '' "$func_relative_path_result" func_relative_path_result=$func_stripname_result fi test -n "$func_relative_path_result" || func_relative_path_result=. : } # func_quote_for_eval ARG... # -------------------------- # Aesthetically quote ARGs to be evaled later. # This function returns two values: # i) func_quote_for_eval_result # double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval # ii) func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result # has all characters that are still active within double # quotes backslashified. func_quote_for_eval () { $debug_cmd func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result= func_quote_for_eval_result= while test 0 -lt $#; do case $1 in *[\\\`\"\$]*) _G_unquoted_arg=`printf '%s\n' "$1" |$SED "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; *) _G_unquoted_arg=$1 ;; esac if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"; then func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result " $_G_unquoted_arg" else func_append func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result "$_G_unquoted_arg" fi case $_G_unquoted_arg in # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay # word splitting, command substitution and variable expansion # for a subsequent eval. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") _G_quoted_arg=\"$_G_unquoted_arg\" ;; *) _G_quoted_arg=$_G_unquoted_arg ;; esac if test -n "$func_quote_for_eval_result"; then func_append func_quote_for_eval_result " $_G_quoted_arg" else func_append func_quote_for_eval_result "$_G_quoted_arg" fi shift done } # func_quote_for_expand ARG # ------------------------- # Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, # but do not quote variable references. func_quote_for_expand () { $debug_cmd case $1 in *[\\\`\"]*) _G_arg=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED \ -e "$sed_double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; *) _G_arg=$1 ;; esac case $_G_arg in # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") _G_arg=\"$_G_arg\" ;; esac func_quote_for_expand_result=$_G_arg } # func_stripname PREFIX SUFFIX NAME # --------------------------------- # strip PREFIX and SUFFIX from NAME, and store in func_stripname_result. # PREFIX and SUFFIX must not contain globbing or regex special # characters, hashes, percent signs, but SUFFIX may contain a leading # dot (in which case that matches only a dot). if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then eval 'func_stripname () { $debug_cmd # pdksh 5.2.14 does not do ${X%$Y} correctly if both X and Y are # positional parameters, so assign one to ordinary variable first. func_stripname_result=$3 func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result#"$1"} func_stripname_result=${func_stripname_result%"$2"} }' else func_stripname () { $debug_cmd case $2 in .*) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%\\\\$2\$%%"`;; *) func_stripname_result=`$ECHO "$3" | $SED -e "s%^$1%%" -e "s%$2\$%%"`;; esac } fi # func_show_eval CMD [FAIL_EXP] # ----------------------------- # Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is # not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP # is given, then evaluate it. func_show_eval () { $debug_cmd _G_cmd=$1 _G_fail_exp=${2-':'} func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd" eval "func_notquiet $func_quote_for_expand_result" $opt_dry_run || { eval "$_G_cmd" _G_status=$? if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp" fi } } # func_show_eval_locale CMD [FAIL_EXP] # ------------------------------------ # Unless opt_quiet is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is # not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP # is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. func_show_eval_locale () { $debug_cmd _G_cmd=$1 _G_fail_exp=${2-':'} $opt_quiet || { func_quote_for_expand "$_G_cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || { eval "$_G_user_locale $_G_cmd" _G_status=$? eval "$_G_safe_locale" if test 0 -ne "$_G_status"; then eval "(exit $_G_status); $_G_fail_exp" fi } } # func_tr_sh # ---------- # Turn $1 into a string suitable for a shell variable name. # Result is stored in $func_tr_sh_result. All characters # not in the set a-zA-Z0-9_ are replaced with '_'. Further, # if $1 begins with a digit, a '_' is prepended as well. func_tr_sh () { $debug_cmd case $1 in [0-9]* | *[!a-zA-Z0-9_]*) func_tr_sh_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED -e 's/^\([0-9]\)/_\1/' -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g'` ;; * ) func_tr_sh_result=$1 ;; esac } # func_verbose ARG... # ------------------- # Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. func_verbose () { $debug_cmd $opt_verbose && func_echo "$*" : } # func_warn_and_continue ARG... # ----------------------------- # Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. func_warn_and_continue () { $debug_cmd $require_term_colors func_echo_infix_1 "${tc_red}warning$tc_reset" "$*" >&2 } # func_warning CATEGORY ARG... # ---------------------------- # Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. Warning # messages can be filtered according to CATEGORY, where this function # elides messages where CATEGORY is not listed in the global variable # 'opt_warning_types'. func_warning () { $debug_cmd # CATEGORY must be in the warning_categories list! case " $warning_categories " in *" $1 "*) ;; *) func_internal_error "invalid warning category '$1'" ;; esac _G_category=$1 shift case " $opt_warning_types " in *" $_G_category "*) $warning_func ${1+"$@"} ;; esac } # func_sort_ver VER1 VER2 # ----------------------- # 'sort -V' is not generally available. # Note this deviates from the version comparison in automake # in that it treats 1.5 < 1.5.0, and treats 1.4.4a < 1.4-p3a # but this should suffice as we won't be specifying old # version formats or redundant trailing .0 in bootstrap.conf. # If we did want full compatibility then we should probably # use m4_version_compare from autoconf. func_sort_ver () { $debug_cmd printf '%s\n%s\n' "$1" "$2" \ | sort -t. -k 1,1n -k 2,2n -k 3,3n -k 4,4n -k 5,5n -k 6,6n -k 7,7n -k 8,8n -k 9,9n } # func_lt_ver PREV CURR # --------------------- # Return true if PREV and CURR are in the correct order according to # func_sort_ver, otherwise false. Use it like this: # # func_lt_ver "$prev_ver" "$proposed_ver" || func_fatal_error "..." func_lt_ver () { $debug_cmd test "x$1" = x`func_sort_ver "$1" "$2" | $SED 1q` } # Local variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # End: #! /bin/sh # Set a version string for this script. scriptversion=2014-01-07.03; # UTC # A portable, pluggable option parser for Bourne shell. # Written by Gary V. Vaughan, 2010 # Copyright (C) 2010-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO # warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. # This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # Please report bugs or propose patches to gary@gnu.org. ## ------ ## ## Usage. ## ## ------ ## # This file is a library for parsing options in your shell scripts along # with assorted other useful supporting features that you can make use # of too. # # For the simplest scripts you might need only: # # #!/bin/sh # . relative/path/to/funclib.sh # . relative/path/to/options-parser # scriptversion=1.0 # func_options ${1+"$@"} # eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift # ...rest of your script... # # In order for the '--version' option to work, you will need to have a # suitably formatted comment like the one at the top of this file # starting with '# Written by ' and ending with '# warranty; '. # # For '-h' and '--help' to work, you will also need a one line # description of your script's purpose in a comment directly above the # '# Written by ' line, like the one at the top of this file. # # The default options also support '--debug', which will turn on shell # execution tracing (see the comment above debug_cmd below for another # use), and '--verbose' and the func_verbose function to allow your script # to display verbose messages only when your user has specified # '--verbose'. # # After sourcing this file, you can plug processing for additional # options by amending the variables from the 'Configuration' section # below, and following the instructions in the 'Option parsing' # section further down. ## -------------- ## ## Configuration. ## ## -------------- ## # You should override these variables in your script after sourcing this # file so that they reflect the customisations you have added to the # option parser. # The usage line for option parsing errors and the start of '-h' and # '--help' output messages. You can embed shell variables for delayed # expansion at the time the message is displayed, but you will need to # quote other shell meta-characters carefully to prevent them being # expanded when the contents are evaled. usage='$progpath [OPTION]...' # Short help message in response to '-h' and '--help'. Add to this or # override it after sourcing this library to reflect the full set of # options your script accepts. usage_message="\ --debug enable verbose shell tracing -W, --warnings=CATEGORY report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all] -v, --verbose verbosely report processing --version print version information and exit -h, --help print short or long help message and exit " # Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'. long_help_message=" Warning categories include: 'all' show all warnings 'none' turn off all the warnings 'error' warnings are treated as fatal errors" # Help message printed before fatal option parsing errors. fatal_help="Try '\$progname --help' for more information." ## ------------------------- ## ## Hook function management. ## ## ------------------------- ## # This section contains functions for adding, removing, and running hooks # to the main code. A hook is just a named list of of function, that can # be run in order later on. # func_hookable FUNC_NAME # ----------------------- # Declare that FUNC_NAME will run hooks added with # 'func_add_hook FUNC_NAME ...'. func_hookable () { $debug_cmd func_append hookable_fns " $1" } # func_add_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC # --------------------------------- # Request that FUNC_NAME call HOOK_FUNC before it returns. FUNC_NAME must # first have been declared "hookable" by a call to 'func_hookable'. func_add_hook () { $debug_cmd case " $hookable_fns " in *" $1 "*) ;; *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not accept hook functions." ;; esac eval func_append ${1}_hooks '" $2"' } # func_remove_hook FUNC_NAME HOOK_FUNC # ------------------------------------ # Remove HOOK_FUNC from the list of functions called by FUNC_NAME. func_remove_hook () { $debug_cmd eval ${1}_hooks='`$ECHO "\$'$1'_hooks" |$SED "s| '$2'||"`' } # func_run_hooks FUNC_NAME [ARG]... # --------------------------------- # Run all hook functions registered to FUNC_NAME. # It is assumed that the list of hook functions contains nothing more # than a whitespace-delimited list of legal shell function names, and # no effort is wasted trying to catch shell meta-characters or preserve # whitespace. func_run_hooks () { $debug_cmd case " $hookable_fns " in *" $1 "*) ;; *) func_fatal_error "'$1' does not support hook funcions.n" ;; esac eval _G_hook_fns=\$$1_hooks; shift for _G_hook in $_G_hook_fns; do eval $_G_hook '"$@"' # store returned options list back into positional # parameters for next 'cmd' execution. eval _G_hook_result=\$${_G_hook}_result eval set dummy "$_G_hook_result"; shift done func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} func_run_hooks_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result } ## --------------- ## ## Option parsing. ## ## --------------- ## # In order to add your own option parsing hooks, you must accept the # full positional parameter list in your hook function, remove any # options that you action, and then pass back the remaining unprocessed # options in '_result', escaped suitably for # 'eval'. Like this: # # my_options_prep () # { # $debug_cmd # # # Extend the existing usage message. # usage_message=$usage_message' # -s, --silent don'\''t print informational messages # ' # # func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} # my_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result # } # func_add_hook func_options_prep my_options_prep # # # my_silent_option () # { # $debug_cmd # # # Note that for efficiency, we parse as many options as we can # # recognise in a loop before passing the remainder back to the # # caller on the first unrecognised argument we encounter. # while test $# -gt 0; do # opt=$1; shift # case $opt in # --silent|-s) opt_silent=: ;; # # Separate non-argument short options: # -s*) func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt" # set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \ # "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} # shift # ;; # *) set dummy "$_G_opt" "$*"; shift; break ;; # esac # done # # func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} # my_silent_option_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result # } # func_add_hook func_parse_options my_silent_option # # # my_option_validation () # { # $debug_cmd # # $opt_silent && $opt_verbose && func_fatal_help "\ # '--silent' and '--verbose' options are mutually exclusive." # # func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} # my_option_validation_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result # } # func_add_hook func_validate_options my_option_validation # # You'll alse need to manually amend $usage_message to reflect the extra # options you parse. It's preferable to append if you can, so that # multiple option parsing hooks can be added safely. # func_options [ARG]... # --------------------- # All the functions called inside func_options are hookable. See the # individual implementations for details. func_hookable func_options func_options () { $debug_cmd func_options_prep ${1+"$@"} eval func_parse_options \ ${func_options_prep_result+"$func_options_prep_result"} eval func_validate_options \ ${func_parse_options_result+"$func_parse_options_result"} eval func_run_hooks func_options \ ${func_validate_options_result+"$func_validate_options_result"} # save modified positional parameters for caller func_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result } # func_options_prep [ARG]... # -------------------------- # All initialisations required before starting the option parse loop. # Note that when calling hook functions, we pass through the list of # positional parameters. If a hook function modifies that list, and # needs to propogate that back to rest of this script, then the complete # modified list must be put in 'func_run_hooks_result' before # returning. func_hookable func_options_prep func_options_prep () { $debug_cmd # Option defaults: opt_verbose=false opt_warning_types= func_run_hooks func_options_prep ${1+"$@"} # save modified positional parameters for caller func_options_prep_result=$func_run_hooks_result } # func_parse_options [ARG]... # --------------------------- # The main option parsing loop. func_hookable func_parse_options func_parse_options () { $debug_cmd func_parse_options_result= # this just eases exit handling while test $# -gt 0; do # Defer to hook functions for initial option parsing, so they # get priority in the event of reusing an option name. func_run_hooks func_parse_options ${1+"$@"} # Adjust func_parse_options positional parameters to match eval set dummy "$func_run_hooks_result"; shift # Break out of the loop if we already parsed every option. test $# -gt 0 || break _G_opt=$1 shift case $_G_opt in --debug|-x) debug_cmd='set -x' func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" $debug_cmd ;; --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn) set dummy --warnings none ${1+"$@"} shift ;; --warnings|--warning|-W) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break case " $warning_categories $1" in *" $1 "*) # trailing space prevents matching last $1 above func_append_uniq opt_warning_types " $1" ;; *all) opt_warning_types=$warning_categories ;; *none) opt_warning_types=none warning_func=: ;; *error) opt_warning_types=$warning_categories warning_func=func_fatal_error ;; *) func_fatal_error \ "unsupported warning category: '$1'" ;; esac shift ;; --verbose|-v) opt_verbose=: ;; --version) func_version ;; -\?|-h) func_usage ;; --help) func_help ;; # Separate optargs to long options (plugins may need this): --*=*) func_split_equals "$_G_opt" set dummy "$func_split_equals_lhs" \ "$func_split_equals_rhs" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; # Separate optargs to short options: -W*) func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt" set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \ "$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; # Separate non-argument short options: -\?*|-h*|-v*|-x*) func_split_short_opt "$_G_opt" set dummy "$func_split_short_opt_name" \ "-$func_split_short_opt_arg" ${1+"$@"} shift ;; --) break ;; -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognised option: '$_G_opt'" ;; *) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; esac done # save modified positional parameters for caller func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} func_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result } # func_validate_options [ARG]... # ------------------------------ # Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed # arguments. func_hookable func_validate_options func_validate_options () { $debug_cmd # Display all warnings if -W was not given. test -n "$opt_warning_types" || opt_warning_types=" $warning_categories" func_run_hooks func_validate_options ${1+"$@"} # Bail if the options were screwed! $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE # save modified positional parameters for caller func_validate_options_result=$func_run_hooks_result } ## ----------------- ## ## Helper functions. ## ## ----------------- ## # This section contains the helper functions used by the rest of the # hookable option parser framework in ascii-betical order. # func_fatal_help ARG... # ---------------------- # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by # a help hint, and exit. func_fatal_help () { $debug_cmd eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\" eval \$ECHO \""$fatal_help"\" func_error ${1+"$@"} exit $EXIT_FAILURE } # func_help # --------- # Echo long help message to standard output and exit. func_help () { $debug_cmd func_usage_message $ECHO "$long_help_message" exit 0 } # func_missing_arg ARGNAME # ------------------------ # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global # exit_cmd. func_missing_arg () { $debug_cmd func_error "Missing argument for '$1'." exit_cmd=exit } # func_split_equals STRING # ------------------------ # Set func_split_equals_lhs and func_split_equals_rhs shell variables after # splitting STRING at the '=' sign. test -z "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" \ && (eval 'x=a/b/c; test 5aa/bb/cc = "${#x}${x%%/*}${x%/*}${x#*/}${x##*/}"') 2>/dev/null \ && _G_HAVE_XSI_OPS=yes if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" then # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation... eval 'func_split_equals () { $debug_cmd func_split_equals_lhs=${1%%=*} func_split_equals_rhs=${1#*=} test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \ && func_split_equals_rhs= }' else # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. func_split_equals () { $debug_cmd func_split_equals_lhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)'` func_split_equals_rhs= test "x$func_split_equals_lhs" = "x$1" \ || func_split_equals_rhs=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)$'` } fi #func_split_equals # func_split_short_opt SHORTOPT # ----------------------------- # Set func_split_short_opt_name and func_split_short_opt_arg shell # variables after splitting SHORTOPT after the 2nd character. if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS" then # This is an XSI compatible shell, allowing a faster implementation... eval 'func_split_short_opt () { $debug_cmd func_split_short_opt_arg=${1#??} func_split_short_opt_name=${1%"$func_split_short_opt_arg"} }' else # ...otherwise fall back to using expr, which is often a shell builtin. func_split_short_opt () { $debug_cmd func_split_short_opt_name=`expr "x$1" : 'x-\(.\)'` func_split_short_opt_arg=`expr "x$1" : 'x-.\(.*\)$'` } fi #func_split_short_opt # func_usage # ---------- # Echo short help message to standard output and exit. func_usage () { $debug_cmd func_usage_message $ECHO "Run '$progname --help |${PAGER-more}' for full usage" exit 0 } # func_usage_message # ------------------ # Echo short help message to standard output. func_usage_message () { $debug_cmd eval \$ECHO \""Usage: $usage"\" echo $SED -n 's|^# || /^Written by/{ x;p;x } h /^Written by/q' < "$progpath" echo eval \$ECHO \""$usage_message"\" } # func_version # ------------ # Echo version message to standard output and exit. func_version () { $debug_cmd printf '%s\n' "$progname $scriptversion" $SED -n ' /(C)/!b go :more /\./!{ N s|\n# | | b more } :go /^# Written by /,/# warranty; / { s|^# || s|^# *$|| s|\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*[ ,-]\([1-9][0-9]* \)|\1 \2| p } /^# Written by / { s|^# || p } /^warranty; /q' < "$progpath" exit $? } # Local variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-pattern: "10/scriptversion=%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H; # UTC" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" # End: # Set a version string. scriptversion='(GNU libtool) 2.4.6' # func_echo ARG... # ---------------- # Libtool also displays the current mode in messages, so override # funclib.sh func_echo with this custom definition. func_echo () { $debug_cmd _G_message=$* func_echo_IFS=$IFS IFS=$nl for _G_line in $_G_message; do IFS=$func_echo_IFS $ECHO "$progname${opt_mode+: $opt_mode}: $_G_line" done IFS=$func_echo_IFS } # func_warning ARG... # ------------------- # Libtool warnings are not categorized, so override funclib.sh # func_warning with this simpler definition. func_warning () { $debug_cmd $warning_func ${1+"$@"} } ## ---------------- ## ## Options parsing. ## ## ---------------- ## # Hook in the functions to make sure our own options are parsed during # the option parsing loop. usage='$progpath [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...' # Short help message in response to '-h'. usage_message="Options: --config show all configuration variables --debug enable verbose shell tracing -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files --features display basic configuration information and exit --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE --no-warnings equivalent to '-Wnone' --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG -v, --verbose print more informational messages than default --version print version information -W, --warnings=CATEGORY report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [all] -h, --help, --help-all print short, long, or detailed help message " # Additional text appended to 'usage_message' in response to '--help'. func_help () { $debug_cmd func_usage_message $ECHO "$long_help_message MODE must be one of the following: clean remove files from the build directory compile compile a source file into a libtool object execute automatically set library path, then run a program finish complete the installation of libtool libraries install install libraries or executables link create a library or an executable uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. When passed as first option, '--mode=MODE' may be abbreviated as 'MODE' or a unique abbreviation of that. Try '$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and include the following information: host-triplet: $host shell: $SHELL compiler: $LTCC compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) version: $progname (GNU libtool) 2.4.6 automake: `($AUTOMAKE --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q` autoconf: `($AUTOCONF --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q` Report bugs to . GNU libtool home page: . General help using GNU software: ." exit 0 } # func_lo2o OBJECT-NAME # --------------------- # Transform OBJECT-NAME from a '.lo' suffix to the platform specific # object suffix. lo2o=s/\\.lo\$/.$objext/ o2lo=s/\\.$objext\$/.lo/ if test yes = "$_G_HAVE_XSI_OPS"; then eval 'func_lo2o () { case $1 in *.lo) func_lo2o_result=${1%.lo}.$objext ;; * ) func_lo2o_result=$1 ;; esac }' # func_xform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE # --------------------------- # Transform LIBOBJ-OR-SOURCE from a '.o' or '.c' (or otherwise) # suffix to a '.lo' libtool-object suffix. eval 'func_xform () { func_xform_result=${1%.*}.lo }' else # ...otherwise fall back to using sed. func_lo2o () { func_lo2o_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$lo2o"` } func_xform () { func_xform_result=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED 's|\.[^.]*$|.lo|'` } fi # func_fatal_configuration ARG... # ------------------------------- # Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by # a configuration failure hint, and exit. func_fatal_configuration () { func_fatal_error ${1+"$@"} \ "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information." \ "Fatal configuration error." } # func_config # ----------- # Display the configuration for all the tags in this script. func_config () { re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL' re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL' # Default configuration. $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath" # Now print the configurations for the tags. for tagname in $taglist; do $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath" done exit $? } # func_features # ------------- # Display the features supported by this script. func_features () { echo "host: $host" if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then echo "enable shared libraries" else echo "disable shared libraries" fi if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then echo "enable static libraries" else echo "disable static libraries" fi exit $? } # func_enable_tag TAGNAME # ----------------------- # Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or # enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist # variable here. func_enable_tag () { # Global variable: tagname=$1 re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$" sed_extractcf=/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p # Validate tagname. case $tagname in *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*) func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname" ;; esac # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's # there but not specially marked. case $tagname in CC) ;; *) if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then taglist="$taglist $tagname" # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` eval "$extractedcf" else func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" fi ;; esac } # func_check_version_match # ------------------------ # Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same # release of libtool. func_check_version_match () { if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then if test -z "$macro_version"; then cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the $progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION $progname: and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF else cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the $progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION $progname: and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF fi else cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF $progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, $progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. $progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision $progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. _LT_EOF fi exit $EXIT_MISMATCH fi } # libtool_options_prep [ARG]... # ----------------------------- # Preparation for options parsed by libtool. libtool_options_prep () { $debug_mode # Option defaults: opt_config=false opt_dlopen= opt_dry_run=false opt_help=false opt_mode= opt_preserve_dup_deps=false opt_quiet=false nonopt= preserve_args= # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument case $1 in clean|clea|cle|cl) shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; link|lin|li|l) shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; esac # Pass back the list of options. func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} libtool_options_prep_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result } func_add_hook func_options_prep libtool_options_prep # libtool_parse_options [ARG]... # --------------------------------- # Provide handling for libtool specific options. libtool_parse_options () { $debug_cmd # Perform our own loop to consume as many options as possible in # each iteration. while test $# -gt 0; do _G_opt=$1 shift case $_G_opt in --dry-run|--dryrun|-n) opt_dry_run=: ;; --config) func_config ;; --dlopen|-dlopen) opt_dlopen="${opt_dlopen+$opt_dlopen }$1" shift ;; --preserve-dup-deps) opt_preserve_dup_deps=: ;; --features) func_features ;; --finish) set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift ;; --help) opt_help=: ;; --help-all) opt_help=': help-all' ;; --mode) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break opt_mode=$1 case $1 in # Valid mode arguments: clean|compile|execute|finish|install|link|relink|uninstall) ;; # Catch anything else as an error *) func_error "invalid argument for $_G_opt" exit_cmd=exit break ;; esac shift ;; --no-silent|--no-quiet) opt_quiet=false func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" ;; --no-warnings|--no-warning|--no-warn) opt_warning=false func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" ;; --no-verbose) opt_verbose=false func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" ;; --silent|--quiet) opt_quiet=: opt_verbose=false func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" ;; --tag) test $# = 0 && func_missing_arg $_G_opt && break opt_tag=$1 func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt $1" func_enable_tag "$1" shift ;; --verbose|-v) opt_quiet=false opt_verbose=: func_append preserve_args " $_G_opt" ;; # An option not handled by this hook function: *) set dummy "$_G_opt" ${1+"$@"}; shift; break ;; esac done # save modified positional parameters for caller func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} libtool_parse_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result } func_add_hook func_parse_options libtool_parse_options # libtool_validate_options [ARG]... # --------------------------------- # Perform any sanity checks on option settings and/or unconsumed # arguments. libtool_validate_options () { # save first non-option argument if test 0 -lt $#; then nonopt=$1 shift fi # preserve --debug test : = "$debug_cmd" || func_append preserve_args " --debug" case $host_os in # Solaris2 added to fix http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=16452 # see also: http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=59788 cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | pw32* | cegcc* | solaris2* | os2*) # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: ;; *) opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_preserve_dup_deps ;; esac $opt_help || { # Sanity checks first: func_check_version_match test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \ && test yes != "$build_old_libs" \ && func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" # Darwin sucks eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. if test -n "$opt_dlopen" && test execute != "$opt_mode"; then func_error "unrecognized option '-dlopen'" $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. generic_help=$help help="Try '$progname --help --mode=$opt_mode' for more information." } # Pass back the unparsed argument list func_quote_for_eval ${1+"$@"} libtool_validate_options_result=$func_quote_for_eval_result } func_add_hook func_validate_options libtool_validate_options # Process options as early as possible so that --help and --version # can return quickly. func_options ${1+"$@"} eval set dummy "$func_options_result"; shift ## ----------- ## ## Main. ## ## ----------- ## magic='%%%MAGIC variable%%%' magic_exe='%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%' # Global variables. extracted_archives= extracted_serial=0 # If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it # will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being # left over by shells. exec_cmd= # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF $1 _LTECHO_EOF' } # func_generated_by_libtool # True iff stdin has been generated by Libtool. This function is only # a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out determined imposters. func_generated_by_libtool_p () { $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 } # func_lalib_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file. # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_lalib_p () { test -f "$1" && $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p } # func_lalib_unsafe_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool '.la' library or '.lo' object file. # This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without # resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and # closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. # As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be # fatal anyway. Works if 'file' does not exist. func_lalib_unsafe_p () { lalib_p=no if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 do read lalib_p_line case $lalib_p_line in \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; esac done exec 0<&5 5<&- fi test yes = "$lalib_p" } # func_ltwrapper_script_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_script_p () { test -f "$1" && $lt_truncate_bin < "$1" 2>/dev/null | func_generated_by_libtool_p } # func_ltwrapper_executable_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_executable_p () { func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= case $1 in *.exe) ;; *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; esac $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 } # func_ltwrapper_scriptname file # Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable # uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a # temporary ltwrapper_script. func_ltwrapper_scriptname () { func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper } # func_ltwrapper_p file # True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable # This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out # determined imposters. func_ltwrapper_p () { func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" } # func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd # Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. # If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. # FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! func_execute_cmds () { $debug_cmd save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' for cmd in $1; do IFS=$sp$nl eval cmd=\"$cmd\" IFS=$save_ifs func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" done IFS=$save_ifs } # func_source file # Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. # Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to # FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe # behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing # 'FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. func_source () { $debug_cmd case $1 in */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; *) . "./$1" ;; esac } # func_resolve_sysroot PATH # Replace a leading = in PATH with a sysroot. Store the result into # func_resolve_sysroot_result func_resolve_sysroot () { func_resolve_sysroot_result=$1 case $func_resolve_sysroot_result in =*) func_stripname '=' '' "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" func_resolve_sysroot_result=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; esac } # func_replace_sysroot PATH # If PATH begins with the sysroot, replace it with = and # store the result into func_replace_sysroot_result. func_replace_sysroot () { case $lt_sysroot:$1 in ?*:"$lt_sysroot"*) func_stripname "$lt_sysroot" '' "$1" func_replace_sysroot_result='='$func_stripname_result ;; *) # Including no sysroot. func_replace_sysroot_result=$1 ;; esac } # func_infer_tag arg # Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and # if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. # Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile # command doesn't match the default compiler. # arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' func_infer_tag () { $debug_cmd if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" done CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` case $@ in # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) ;; # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail # if we don't check for them as well. *) for z in $available_tags; do if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then # Evaluate the configuration. eval "`$SED -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" CC_quoted= for arg in $CC; do # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. func_append_quoted CC_quoted "$arg" done CC_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC` CC_quoted_expanded=`func_echo_all $CC_quoted` case "$@ " in " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " $CC_expanded "* | "$CC_expanded "* | \ " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " $CC_quoted_expanded "* | "$CC_quoted_expanded "*) # The compiler in the base compile command matches # the one in the tagged configuration. # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. tagname=$z break ;; esac fi done # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command # line option must be used. if test -z "$tagname"; then func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" func_fatal_error "specify a tag with '--tag'" # else # func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" fi ;; esac fi } # func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name # Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), # but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. func_write_libtool_object () { write_libobj=$1 if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then write_lobj=\'$2\' else write_lobj=none fi if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then write_oldobj=\'$3\' else write_oldobj=none fi $opt_dry_run || { cat >${write_libobj}T </dev/null` if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp"; then func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result=`$ECHO "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_tmp" | $SED -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"` else func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result= fi fi } # end: func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 # func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 ARG # Helper function used by path conversion functions when $build is *nix, and # $host is mingw, windows, cygwin, or some other w32 environment. Relies on a # correctly configured wine environment available, with the winepath program # in $build's $PATH. Assumes ARG has no leading or trailing path separator # characters. # # ARG is path to be converted from $build format to win32. # Result is available in $func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result. # Unconvertible file (directory) names in ARG are skipped; if no directory names # are convertible, then the result may be empty. func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert paths, only file names func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result= if test -n "$1"; then oldIFS=$IFS IFS=: for func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f in $1; do IFS=$oldIFS func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_f" if test -n "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result"; then if test -z "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result"; then func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result else func_append func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result ";$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" fi fi done IFS=$oldIFS fi } # end: func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 # func_cygpath ARGS... # Wrapper around calling the cygpath program via LT_CYGPATH. This is used when # when (1) $build is *nix and Cygwin is hosted via a wine environment; or (2) # $build is MSYS and $host is Cygwin, or (3) $build is Cygwin. In case (1) or # (2), returns the Cygwin file name or path in func_cygpath_result (input # file name or path is assumed to be in w32 format, as previously converted # from $build's *nix or MSYS format). In case (3), returns the w32 file name # or path in func_cygpath_result (input file name or path is assumed to be in # Cygwin format). Returns an empty string on error. # # ARGS are passed to cygpath, with the last one being the file name or path to # be converted. # # Specify the absolute *nix (or w32) name to cygpath in the LT_CYGPATH # environment variable; do not put it in $PATH. func_cygpath () { $debug_cmd if test -n "$LT_CYGPATH" && test -f "$LT_CYGPATH"; then func_cygpath_result=`$LT_CYGPATH "$@" 2>/dev/null` if test "$?" -ne 0; then # on failure, ensure result is empty func_cygpath_result= fi else func_cygpath_result= func_error "LT_CYGPATH is empty or specifies non-existent file: '$LT_CYGPATH'" fi } #end: func_cygpath # func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name or path ARG from MSYS format to w32 format. Return # result in func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result. func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result=`( cmd //c echo "$1" ) 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 's/[ ]*$//' -e "$sed_naive_backslashify"` } #end: func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_file_check ARG1 ARG2 # Verify that ARG1 (a file name in $build format) was converted to $host # format in ARG2. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue (resetting # func_to_host_file_result to ARG1). func_convert_file_check () { $debug_cmd if test -z "$2" && test -n "$1"; then func_error "Could not determine host file name corresponding to" func_error " '$1'" func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." # Fallback: func_to_host_file_result=$1 fi } # end func_convert_file_check # func_convert_path_check FROM_PATHSEP TO_PATHSEP FROM_PATH TO_PATH # Verify that FROM_PATH (a path in $build format) was converted to $host # format in TO_PATH. Otherwise, emit an error message, but continue, resetting # func_to_host_file_result to a simplistic fallback value (see below). func_convert_path_check () { $debug_cmd if test -z "$4" && test -n "$3"; then func_error "Could not determine the host path corresponding to" func_error " '$3'" func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." # Fallback. This is a deliberately simplistic "conversion" and # should not be "improved". See libtool.info. if test "x$1" != "x$2"; then lt_replace_pathsep_chars="s|$1|$2|g" func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$3" | $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_chars"` else func_to_host_path_result=$3 fi fi } # end func_convert_path_check # func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep FRONTPAT BACKPAT REPL ORIG # Modifies func_to_host_path_result by prepending REPL if ORIG matches FRONTPAT # and appending REPL if ORIG matches BACKPAT. func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep () { $debug_cmd case $4 in $1 ) func_to_host_path_result=$3$func_to_host_path_result ;; esac case $4 in $2 ) func_append func_to_host_path_result "$3" ;; esac } # end func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ################################################## # $build to $host FILE NAME CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # ################################################## # invoked via '$to_host_file_cmd ARG' # # In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. # Result will be available in $func_to_host_file_result. # func_to_host_file ARG # Converts the file name ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result # in func_to_host_file_result. func_to_host_file () { $debug_cmd $to_host_file_cmd "$1" } # end func_to_host_file # func_to_tool_file ARG LAZY # converts the file name ARG from $build format to toolchain format. Return # result in func_to_tool_file_result. If the conversion in use is listed # in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion takes place. func_to_tool_file () { $debug_cmd case ,$2, in *,"$to_tool_file_cmd",*) func_to_tool_file_result=$1 ;; *) $to_tool_file_cmd "$1" func_to_tool_file_result=$func_to_host_file_result ;; esac } # end func_to_tool_file # func_convert_file_noop ARG # Copy ARG to func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_noop () { func_to_host_file_result=$1 } # end func_convert_file_noop # func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic # conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_file_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_file_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # because $build is cygwin, we call "the" cygpath in $PATH; no need to use # LT_CYGPATH in this case. func_to_host_file_result=`cygpath -m "$1"` fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_cygwin_to_w32 # func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 ARG # Convert file name ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment # and a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_file_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" func_to_host_file_result=$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_nix_to_w32 # func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin ARG # Convert file name ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. # Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_file_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$1" func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_msys_to_cygwin # func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ARG # Convert file name ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed # in a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result # in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_file_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # convert from *nix to w32, then use cygpath to convert from w32 to cygwin. func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32 "$1" func_cygpath -u "$func_convert_core_file_wine_to_w32_result" func_to_host_file_result=$func_cygpath_result fi func_convert_file_check "$1" "$func_to_host_file_result" } # end func_convert_file_nix_to_cygwin ############################################# # $build to $host PATH CONVERSION FUNCTIONS # ############################################# # invoked via '$to_host_path_cmd ARG' # # In each case, ARG is the path to be converted from $build to $host format. # The result will be available in $func_to_host_path_result. # # Path separators are also converted from $build format to $host format. If # ARG begins or ends with a path separator character, it is preserved (but # converted to $host format) on output. # # All path conversion functions are named using the following convention: # file name conversion function : func_convert_file_X_to_Y () # path conversion function : func_convert_path_X_to_Y () # where, for any given $build/$host combination the 'X_to_Y' value is the # same. If conversion functions are added for new $build/$host combinations, # the two new functions must follow this pattern, or func_init_to_host_path_cmd # will break. # func_init_to_host_path_cmd # Ensures that function "pointer" variable $to_host_path_cmd is set to the # appropriate value, based on the value of $to_host_file_cmd. to_host_path_cmd= func_init_to_host_path_cmd () { $debug_cmd if test -z "$to_host_path_cmd"; then func_stripname 'func_convert_file_' '' "$to_host_file_cmd" to_host_path_cmd=func_convert_path_$func_stripname_result fi } # func_to_host_path ARG # Converts the path ARG from $build format to $host format. Return result # in func_to_host_path_result. func_to_host_path () { $debug_cmd func_init_to_host_path_cmd $to_host_path_cmd "$1" } # end func_to_host_path # func_convert_path_noop ARG # Copy ARG to func_to_host_path_result. func_convert_path_noop () { func_to_host_path_result=$1 } # end func_convert_path_noop # func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from (mingw) MSYS to (mingw) w32 format; automatic # conversion to w32 is not available inside the cwrapper. Returns result in # func_to_host_path_result. func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_path_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from ARG. MSYS # behavior is inconsistent here; cygpath turns them into '.;' and ';.'; # and winepath ignores them completely. func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_msys_to_w32 # func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from Cygwin to w32 format. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_path_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_to_host_path_result=`cygpath -m -p "$func_to_host_path_tmp1"` func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_cygwin_to_w32 # func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 ARG # Convert path ARG from *nix to w32 format. Requires a wine environment and # a working winepath. Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_path_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_to_host_path_result=$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result func_convert_path_check : ";" \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" ";" "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_nix_to_w32 # func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin ARG # Convert path ARG from MSYS to Cygwin format. Requires LT_CYGPATH set. # Returns result in func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_path_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # See func_convert_path_msys_to_w32: func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_msys_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_msys_to_w32_result" func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result func_convert_path_check : : \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_msys_to_cygwin # func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin ARG # Convert path ARG from *nix to Cygwin format. Requires Cygwin installed in a # a wine environment, working winepath, and LT_CYGPATH set. Returns result in # func_to_host_file_result. func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin () { $debug_cmd func_to_host_path_result=$1 if test -n "$1"; then # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. func_stripname : : "$1" func_to_host_path_tmp1=$func_stripname_result func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32 "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" func_cygpath -u -p "$func_convert_core_path_wine_to_w32_result" func_to_host_path_result=$func_cygpath_result func_convert_path_check : : \ "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" "$func_to_host_path_result" func_convert_path_front_back_pathsep ":*" "*:" : "$1" fi } # end func_convert_path_nix_to_cygwin # func_dll_def_p FILE # True iff FILE is a Windows DLL '.def' file. # Keep in sync with _LT_DLL_DEF_P in libtool.m4 func_dll_def_p () { $debug_cmd func_dll_def_p_tmp=`$SED -n \ -e 's/^[ ]*//' \ -e '/^\(;.*\)*$/d' \ -e 's/^\(EXPORTS\|LIBRARY\)\([ ].*\)*$/DEF/p' \ -e q \ "$1"` test DEF = "$func_dll_def_p_tmp" } # func_mode_compile arg... func_mode_compile () { $debug_cmd # Get the compilation command and the source file. base_compile= srcfile=$nonopt # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile" suppress_opt=yes suppress_output= arg_mode=normal libobj= later= pie_flag= for arg do case $arg_mode in arg ) # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile lastarg=$arg arg_mode=normal ;; target ) libobj=$arg arg_mode=normal continue ;; normal ) # Accept any command-line options. case $arg in -o) test -n "$libobj" && \ func_fatal_error "you cannot specify '-o' more than once" arg_mode=target continue ;; -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) func_append pie_flag " $arg" continue ;; -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic) func_append later " $arg" continue ;; -no-suppress) suppress_opt=no continue ;; -Xcompiler) arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug. -Wc,*) func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result lastarg= save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=, for arg in $args; do IFS=$save_ifs func_append_quoted lastarg "$arg" done IFS=$save_ifs func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg" lastarg=$func_stripname_result # Add the arguments to base_compile. func_append base_compile " $lastarg" continue ;; *) # Accept the current argument as the source file. # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument. # lastarg=$srcfile srcfile=$arg ;; esac # case $arg ;; esac # case $arg_mode # Aesthetically quote the previous argument. func_append_quoted base_compile "$lastarg" done # for arg case $arg_mode in arg) func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile" ;; target) func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with '-o'" ;; *) # Get the name of the library object. test -z "$libobj" && { func_basename "$srcfile" libobj=$func_basename_result } ;; esac # Recognize several different file suffixes. # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo case $libobj in *.[cCFSifmso] | \ *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \ *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \ *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.go | *.obj | *.sx | *.cu | *.cup) func_xform "$libobj" libobj=$func_xform_result ;; esac case $libobj in *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from '$libobj'" ;; esac func_infer_tag $base_compile for arg in $later; do case $arg in -shared) test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" \ || func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library" build_old_libs=no continue ;; -static) build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes continue ;; -prefer-pic) pic_mode=yes continue ;; -prefer-non-pic) pic_mode=no continue ;; esac done func_quote_for_eval "$libobj" test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \ && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ && func_warning "libobj name '$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" objname=$func_basename_result xdir=$func_dirname_result lobj=$xdir$objdir/$objname test -z "$base_compile" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" # Delete any leftover library objects. if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" else removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" fi # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) pic_mode=default ;; esac if test no = "$pic_mode" && test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported pic_mode=default fi # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does # not support -o with -c if test no = "$compiler_c_o"; then output_obj=`$ECHO "$srcfile" | $SED 's%^.*/%%; s%\.[^.]*$%%'`.$objext lockfile=$output_obj.lock else output_obj= need_locks=no lockfile= fi # Lock this critical section if it is needed # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file if test yes = "$need_locks"; then until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done elif test warn = "$need_locks"; then if test -f "$lockfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi func_append removelist " $output_obj" $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" fi $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist func_append removelist " $lockfile" trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 func_to_tool_file "$srcfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 srcfile=$func_to_tool_file_result func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile if test no != "$pic_mode"; then command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" else # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" fi func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" if test -z "$output_obj"; then # Place PIC objects in $objdir func_append command " -o $lobj" fi func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' if test warn = "$need_locks" && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' fi # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. if test yes = "$suppress_opt"; then suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' fi fi # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then if test yes != "$pic_mode"; then # Don't build PIC code command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" else command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" fi if test yes = "$compiler_c_o"; then func_append command " -o $obj" fi # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. func_append command "$suppress_output" func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' if test warn = "$need_locks" && test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then $ECHO "\ *** ERROR, $lockfile contains: `cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` but it should contain: $srcfile This indicates that another process is trying to use the same temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because your compiler does not support '-c' and '-o' together. If you repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better compiler." $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi # Just move the object if needed if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' fi fi $opt_dry_run || { func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" # Unlock the critical section if it was locked if test no != "$need_locks"; then removelist=$lockfile $RM "$lockfile" fi } exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } $opt_help || { test compile = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} } func_mode_help () { # We need to display help for each of the modes. case $opt_mode in "") # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments # at the start of this file. func_help ;; clean) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove files from the build directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; compile) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE Compile a source file into a libtool library object. This mode accepts the following additional options: -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes -prefer-pic try to build PIC objects only -prefer-non-pic try to build non-PIC objects only -shared do not build a '.o' file suitable for static linking -static only build a '.o' file suitable for static linking -Wc,FLAG -Xcompiler FLAG pass FLAG directly to the compiler COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a 'standard' object file from the given SOURCEFILE. The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix '.c' with the library object suffix, '.lo'." ;; execute) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... Automatically set library path, then run a program. This mode accepts the following additional options: -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path This mode sets the library path environment variable according to '-dlopen' flags. If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library directories are added to the library path. Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." ;; finish) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... Complete the installation of libtool libraries. Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use the '--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." ;; install) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... Install executables or libraries. INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be either the 'install' or 'cp' program. The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: -inst-prefix-dir PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." ;; link) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to create an executable program. LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create a program from several object files. The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible -bindir BINDIR specify path to binaries directory (for systems where libraries must be found in the PATH setting at runtime) -dlopen FILE '-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) -export-symbols SYMFILE try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE -export-symbols-regex REGEX try to export only the symbols matching REGEX -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME -module build a library that can dlopened -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode -no-install link a not-installable executable -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects -objectlist FILE use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects -os2dllname NAME force a short DLL name on OS/2 (no effect on other OSes) -precious-files-regex REGEX don't remove output files matching REGEX -release RELEASE specify package release information -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries -static-libtool-libs do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface -Wc,FLAG -Xcompiler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the compiler -Wa,FLAG -Xassembler FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the assembler -Wl,FLAG -Xlinker FLAG pass linker-specific FLAG directly to the linker -XCClinker FLAG pass link-specific FLAG to the compiler driver (CC) All other options (arguments beginning with '-') are ignored. Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in '.la' are treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library object files. If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.la', then a libtool library is created, only library objects ('.lo' files) may be specified, and '-rpath' is required, except when creating a convenience library. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.a' or '.lib', then a standard library is created using 'ar' and 'ranlib', or on Windows using 'lib'. If OUTPUT-FILE ends in '.lo' or '.$objext', then a reloadable object file is created, otherwise an executable program is created." ;; uninstall) $ECHO \ "Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... Remove libraries from an installation directory. RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE (typically '/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as '-f') to be passed to RM. If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." ;; *) func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'" ;; esac echo $ECHO "Try '$progname --help' for more information about other modes." } # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary if $opt_help; then if test : = "$opt_help"; then func_mode_help else { func_help noexit for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do func_mode_help done } | $SED -n '1p; 2,$s/^Usage:/ or: /p' { func_help noexit for opt_mode in compile link execute install finish uninstall clean; do echo func_mode_help done } | $SED '1d /^When reporting/,/^Report/{ H d } $x /information about other modes/d /more detailed .*MODE/d s/^Usage:.*--mode=\([^ ]*\) .*/Description of \1 mode:/' fi exit $? fi # func_mode_execute arg... func_mode_execute () { $debug_cmd # The first argument is the command name. cmd=$nonopt test -z "$cmd" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. for file in $opt_dlopen; do test -f "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a file" dir= case $file in *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$file" file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" # Read the libtool library. dlname= library_names= func_source "$file" # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. if test -z "$dlname"; then # Warn if it was a shared library. test -n "$library_names" && \ func_warning "'$file' was not linked with '-export-dynamic'" continue fi func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir=$func_dirname_result if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then func_append dir "/$objdir" else if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find '$dlname' in '$dir' or '$dir/$objdir'" fi fi ;; *.lo) # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir=$func_dirname_result ;; *) func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" continue ;; esac # Get the absolute pathname. absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -n "$absdir" && dir=$absdir # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" else eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" fi done # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var # rather than running their programs. libtool_execute_magic=$magic # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. args= for file do case $file in -* | *.la | *.lo ) ;; *) # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then func_source "$file" # Transform arg to wrapped name. file=$progdir/$program elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" # Transform arg to wrapped name. file=$progdir/$program fi ;; esac # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). func_append_quoted args "$file" done if $opt_dry_run; then # Display what would be done. if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" echo "export $shlibpath_var" fi $ECHO "$cmd$args" exit $EXIT_SUCCESS else if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # Export the shlibpath_var. eval "export $shlibpath_var" fi # Restore saved environment variables for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES do eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var else $lt_unset $lt_var fi" done # Now prepare to actually exec the command. exec_cmd=\$cmd$args fi } test execute = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_finish arg... func_mode_finish () { $debug_cmd libs= libdirs= admincmds= for opt in "$nonopt" ${1+"$@"} do if test -d "$opt"; then func_append libdirs " $opt" elif test -f "$opt"; then if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$opt"; then func_append libs " $opt" else func_warning "'$opt' is not a valid libtool archive" fi else func_fatal_error "invalid argument '$opt'" fi done if test -n "$libs"; then if test -n "$lt_sysroot"; then sysroot_regex=`$ECHO "$lt_sysroot" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` sysroot_cmd="s/\([ ']\)$sysroot_regex/\1/g;" else sysroot_cmd= fi # Remove sysroot references if $opt_dry_run; then for lib in $libs; do echo "removing references to $lt_sysroot and '=' prefixes from $lib" done else tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` for lib in $libs; do $SED -e "$sysroot_cmd s/\([ ']-[LR]\)=/\1/g; s/\([ ']\)=/\1/g" $lib \ > $tmpdir/tmp-la mv -f $tmpdir/tmp-la $lib done ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi fi if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then for libdir in $libdirs; do if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then # Do each command in the finish commands. func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds '"$cmd"'"' fi if test -n "$finish_eval"; then # Do the single finish_eval. eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || func_append admincmds " $cmds" fi done fi # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. $opt_quiet && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" echo "Libraries have been installed in:" for libdir in $libdirs; do $ECHO " $libdir" done echo echo "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" echo "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" echo "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the '-LLIBDIR'" echo "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$shlibpath_var' environment variable" echo " during execution" fi if test -n "$runpath_var"; then echo " - add LIBDIR to the '$runpath_var' environment variable" echo " during linking" fi if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then libdir=LIBDIR eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" $ECHO " - use the '$flag' linker flag" fi if test -n "$admincmds"; then $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" fi if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then echo " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to '/etc/ld.so.conf'" fi echo echo "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" case $host in solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) echo "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" echo "pages." ;; *) echo "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." ;; esac echo "----------------------------------------------------------------------" fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } test finish = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} # func_mode_install arg... func_mode_install () { $debug_cmd # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). if test "$SHELL" = "$nonopt" || test /bin/sh = "$nonopt" || # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. case $nonopt in *shtool*) :;; *) false;; esac then # Aesthetically quote it. func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " arg=$1 shift else install_prog= arg=$nonopt fi # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. # Aesthetically quote it. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" func_append install_prog "$func_quote_for_eval_result" install_shared_prog=$install_prog case " $install_prog " in *[\\\ /]cp\ *) install_cp=: ;; *) install_cp=false ;; esac # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. dest= files= opts= prev= install_type= isdir=false stripme= no_mode=: for arg do arg2= if test -n "$dest"; then func_append files " $dest" dest=$arg continue fi case $arg in -d) isdir=: ;; -f) if $install_cp; then :; else prev=$arg fi ;; -g | -m | -o) prev=$arg ;; -s) stripme=" -s" continue ;; -*) ;; *) # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. if test -n "$prev"; then if test X-m = "X$prev" && test -n "$install_override_mode"; then arg2=$install_override_mode no_mode=false fi prev= else dest=$arg continue fi ;; esac # Aesthetically quote the argument. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" func_append install_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" if test -n "$arg2"; then func_quote_for_eval "$arg2" fi func_append install_shared_prog " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done test -z "$install_prog" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" test -n "$prev" && \ func_fatal_help "the '$prev' option requires an argument" if test -n "$install_override_mode" && $no_mode; then if $install_cp; then :; else func_quote_for_eval "$install_override_mode" func_append install_shared_prog " -m $func_quote_for_eval_result" fi fi if test -z "$files"; then if test -z "$dest"; then func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" else func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" fi fi # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" dest=$func_stripname_result # Check to see that the destination is a directory. test -d "$dest" && isdir=: if $isdir; then destdir=$dest destname= else func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." destdir=$func_dirname_result destname=$func_basename_result # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. set dummy $files; shift test "$#" -gt 1 && \ func_fatal_help "'$dest' is not a directory" fi case $destdir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) for file in $files; do case $file in *.lo) ;; *) func_fatal_help "'$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" ;; esac done ;; esac # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic=$magic staticlibs= future_libdirs= current_libdirs= for file in $files; do # Do each installation. case $file in *.$libext) # Do the static libraries later. func_append staticlibs " $file" ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$file" file=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ || func_fatal_help "'$file' is not a valid libtool archive" library_names= old_library= relink_command= func_source "$file" # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then case "$current_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append current_libdirs " $libdir" ;; esac else # Note the libdir as a future libdir. case "$future_libdirs " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append future_libdirs " $libdir" ;; esac fi func_dirname "$file" "/" "" dir=$func_dirname_result func_append dir "$objdir" if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "$destdir" | $SED -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that # are installed to the same prefix. # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) # but it's something to keep an eye on. test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ func_fatal_error "error: cannot install '$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` else relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` fi func_warning "relinking '$file'" func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ 'func_fatal_error "error: relink '\''$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' fi # See the names of the shared library. set dummy $library_names; shift if test -n "$1"; then realname=$1 shift srcname=$realname test -n "$relink_command" && srcname=${realname}T # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. func_show_eval "$install_shared_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ 'exit $?' tstripme=$stripme case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | pw32* | cegcc*) case $realname in *.dll.a) tstripme= ;; esac ;; os2*) case $realname in *_dll.a) tstripme= ;; esac ;; esac if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' fi if test "$#" -gt 0; then # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. # Try 'ln -sf' first, because the 'ln' binary might depend on # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. for linkname do test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" done fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. lib=$destdir/$realname func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. func_basename "$file" name=$func_basename_result instname=$dir/${name}i func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' # Maybe install the static library, too. test -n "$old_library" && func_append staticlibs " $dir/$old_library" ;; *.lo) # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile=$destdir/$destname else func_basename "$file" destfile=$func_basename_result destfile=$destdir/$destfile fi # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. case $destfile in *.lo) func_lo2o "$destfile" staticdest=$func_lo2o_result ;; *.$objext) staticdest=$destfile destfile= ;; *) func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to '$destfile'" ;; esac # Install the libtool object if requested. test -n "$destfile" && \ func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' # Install the old object if enabled. if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. func_lo2o "$file" staticobj=$func_lo2o_result func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; *) # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. if test -n "$destname"; then destfile=$destdir/$destname else func_basename "$file" destfile=$func_basename_result destfile=$destdir/$destfile fi # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to # install stripped_ext= case $file in *.exe) if test ! -f "$file"; then func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" file=$func_stripname_result stripped_ext=.exe fi ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows*) if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result else func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" wrapper=$func_stripname_result fi ;; *) wrapper=$file ;; esac if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then notinst_deplibs= relink_command= func_source "$wrapper" # Check the variables that should have been set. test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script '$wrapper'" finalize=: for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do # Check to see that each library is installed. libdir= if test -f "$lib"; then func_source "$lib" fi libfile=$libdir/`$ECHO "$lib" | $SED 's%^.*/%%g'` if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then func_warning "'$lib' has not been installed in '$libdir'" finalize=false fi done relink_command= func_source "$wrapper" outputname= if test no = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then $opt_dry_run || { if $finalize; then tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" file=$func_basename_result outputname=$tmpdir/$file # Replace the output file specification. relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` $opt_quiet || { func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } if eval "$relink_command"; then : else func_error "error: relink '$file' with the above command before installing it" $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" continue fi file=$outputname else func_warning "cannot relink '$file'" fi } else # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. file=`$ECHO "$file$stripped_ext" | $SED "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` fi fi # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another # one anyway case $install_prog,$host in */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) case $file:$destfile in *.exe:*.exe) # this is ok ;; *.exe:*) destfile=$destfile.exe ;; *:*.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" destfile=$func_stripname_result ;; esac ;; esac func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then ${RM}r "$tmpdir" fi ;; esac done for file in $staticlibs; do func_basename "$file" name=$func_basename_result # Set up the ranlib parameters. oldlib=$destdir/$name func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then func_show_eval "$old_striplib $tool_oldlib" 'exit $?' fi # Do each command in the postinstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' done test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ func_warning "remember to run '$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then # Maybe just do a dry run. $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" exec_cmd='$SHELL "$progpath" $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' else exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi } test install = "$opt_mode" && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} # func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p # Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with # a dlpreopen symbol table. func_generate_dlsyms () { $debug_cmd my_outputname=$1 my_originator=$2 my_pic_p=${3-false} my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | $SED 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` my_dlsyms= if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then my_dlsyms=${my_outputname}S.c else func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" fi fi if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then case $my_dlsyms in "") ;; *.c) # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. nlist=$output_objdir/$my_outputname.nm func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" # Parse the name list into a source file. func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ /* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for '$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ /* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern \"C\" { #endif #if defined __GNUC__ && (((__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)) || (__GNUC__ > 4)) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wstrict-prototypes\" #endif /* Keep this code in sync between libtool.m4, ltmain, lt_system.h, and tests. */ #if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined _WIN32_WCE /* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 can't be const, because runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation on pseudo-relocs. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #elif defined __osf__ /* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data. */ # define LT_DLSYM_CONST #else # define LT_DLSYM_CONST const #endif #define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0) /* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ " if test yes = "$dlself"; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$output'" $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. progfiles=`$ECHO "$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` for progfile in $progfiles; do func_to_tool_file "$progfile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$func_to_tool_file_result'" $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $func_to_tool_file_result | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" done if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $opt_dry_run || { eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' } fi if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then $opt_dry_run || { eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' } fi # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then export_symbols=$output_objdir/$outputname.exp $opt_dry_run || { $RM $export_symbols eval "$SED -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* ) eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac } else $opt_dry_run || { eval "$SED -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* ) eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' ;; esac } fi fi for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from '$dlprefile'" func_basename "$dlprefile" name=$func_basename_result case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* ) # if an import library, we need to obtain dlname if func_win32_import_lib_p "$dlprefile"; then func_tr_sh "$dlprefile" eval "curr_lafile=\$libfile_$func_tr_sh_result" dlprefile_dlbasename= if test -n "$curr_lafile" && func_lalib_p "$curr_lafile"; then # Use subshell, to avoid clobbering current variable values dlprefile_dlname=`source "$curr_lafile" && echo "$dlname"` if test -n "$dlprefile_dlname"; then func_basename "$dlprefile_dlname" dlprefile_dlbasename=$func_basename_result else # no lafile. user explicitly requested -dlpreopen . $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd "$dlprefile" dlprefile_dlbasename=$sharedlib_from_linklib_result fi fi $opt_dry_run || { if test -n "$dlprefile_dlbasename"; then eval '$ECHO ": $dlprefile_dlbasename" >> "$nlist"' else func_warning "Could not compute DLL name from $name" eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' fi func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe | $SED -e '/I __imp/d' -e 's/I __nm_/D /;s/_nm__//' >> '$nlist'" } else # not an import lib $opt_dry_run || { eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" } fi ;; *) $opt_dry_run || { eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' func_to_tool_file "$dlprefile" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 eval "$NM \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" } ;; esac done $opt_dry_run || { # Make sure we have at least an empty file. test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" fi # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then sort -k 3 else sort +2 fi | uniq > "$nlist"S; then : else $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S fi if test -f "$nlist"S; then eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' else echo '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" fi func_show_eval '$RM "${nlist}I"' if test -n "$global_symbol_to_import"; then eval "$global_symbol_to_import"' < "$nlist"S > "$nlist"I' fi echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ /* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ typedef struct { const char *name; void *address; } lt_dlsymlist; extern LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];\ " if test -s "$nlist"I; then echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ static void lt_syminit(void) { LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist *symbol = lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; for (; symbol->name; ++symbol) {" $SED 's/.*/ if (STREQ (symbol->name, \"&\")) symbol->address = (void *) \&&;/' < "$nlist"I >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ } }" fi echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ LT_DLSYM_CONST lt_dlsymlist lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = { {\"$my_originator\", (void *) 0}," if test -s "$nlist"I; then echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ {\"@INIT@\", (void *) <_syminit}," fi case $need_lib_prefix in no) eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; *) eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" ;; esac echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ {0, (void *) 0} }; /* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ #ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; } #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif\ " } # !$opt_dry_run pic_flag_for_symtable= case "$compile_command " in *" -static "*) ;; *) case $host in # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. *-*-freebsd2.*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; *-*-hpux*) pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; *) $my_pic_p && pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; esac ;; esac symtab_cflags= for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do case $arg in -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; *) func_append symtab_cflags " $arg" ;; esac done # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' # Clean up the generated files. func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T" "${nlist}I"' # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. symfileobj=$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* ) if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` else compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` fi ;; *) compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` ;; esac ;; *) func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for '$my_dlsyms'" ;; esac else # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe # really was required. # Nullify the symbol file. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SED "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` fi } # func_cygming_gnu_implib_p ARG # This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if # ARG is a GNU/binutils-style import library. Returns # with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. func_cygming_gnu_implib_p () { $debug_cmd func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $EGREP ' (_head_[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*|[A-Za-z0-9_]+_[ad]l*_iname)$'` test -n "$func_cygming_gnu_implib_tmp" } # func_cygming_ms_implib_p ARG # This predicate returns with zero status (TRUE) if # ARG is an MS-style import library. Returns # with nonzero status (FALSE) otherwise. func_cygming_ms_implib_p () { $debug_cmd func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp=`$NM "$func_to_tool_file_result" | eval "$global_symbol_pipe" | $GREP '_NULL_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR'` test -n "$func_cygming_ms_implib_tmp" } # func_win32_libid arg # return the library type of file 'arg' # # Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs # Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument # that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. # Despite the name, also deal with 64 bit binaries. func_win32_libid () { $debug_cmd win32_libid_type=unknown win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` case $win32_fileres in *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" ;; *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static # Keep the egrep pattern in sync with the one in _LT_CHECK_MAGIC_METHOD. if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | $EGREP 'file format (pei*-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince|pe-x86-64|pe-aarch64)' >/dev/null; then case $nm_interface in "MS dumpbin") if func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1" || func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1" then win32_nmres=import else win32_nmres= fi ;; *) func_to_tool_file "$1" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A \"$func_to_tool_file_result\" | $SED -n -e ' 1,100{ / I /{ s|.*|import| p q } }'` ;; esac case $win32_nmres in import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; esac fi ;; *DLL*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... case $win32_fileres in *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" ;; esac ;; esac $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib ARG # # Platform-specific function to extract the # name of the DLL associated with the specified # import library ARG. # Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # Result is available in the variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_result func_cygming_dll_for_implib () { $debug_cmd sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`$DLLTOOL --identify-strict --identify "$1"` } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core SECTION_NAME LIBNAMEs # # The is the core of a fallback implementation of a # platform-specific function to extract the name of the # DLL associated with the specified import library LIBNAME. # # SECTION_NAME is either .idata$6 or .idata$7, depending # on the platform and compiler that created the implib. # # Echos the name of the DLL associated with the # specified import library. func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core () { $debug_cmd match_literal=`$ECHO "$1" | $SED "$sed_make_literal_regex"` $OBJDUMP -s --section "$1" "$2" 2>/dev/null | $SED '/^Contents of section '"$match_literal"':/{ # Place marker at beginning of archive member dllname section s/.*/====MARK====/ p d } # These lines can sometimes be longer than 43 characters, but # are always uninteresting /:[ ]*file format pe[i]\{,1\}-/d /^In archive [^:]*:/d # Ensure marker is printed /^====MARK====/p # Remove all lines with less than 43 characters /^.\{43\}/!d # From remaining lines, remove first 43 characters s/^.\{43\}//' | $SED -n ' # Join marker and all lines until next marker into a single line /^====MARK====/ b para H $ b para b :para x s/\n//g # Remove the marker s/^====MARK====// # Remove trailing dots and whitespace s/[\. \t]*$// # Print /./p' | # we now have a list, one entry per line, of the stringified # contents of the appropriate section of all members of the # archive that possess that section. Heuristic: eliminate # all those that have a first or second character that is # a '.' (that is, objdump's representation of an unprintable # character.) This should work for all archives with less than # 0x302f exports -- but will fail for DLLs whose name actually # begins with a literal '.' or a single character followed by # a '.'. # # Of those that remain, print the first one. $SED -e '/^\./d;/^.\./d;q' } # func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback ARG # Platform-specific function to extract the # name of the DLL associated with the specified # import library ARG. # # This fallback implementation is for use when $DLLTOOL # does not support the --identify-strict option. # Invoked by eval'ing the libtool variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_cmd # Result is available in the variable # $sharedlib_from_linklib_result func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback () { $debug_cmd if func_cygming_gnu_implib_p "$1"; then # binutils import library sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$7' "$1"` elif func_cygming_ms_implib_p "$1"; then # ms-generated import library sharedlib_from_linklib_result=`func_cygming_dll_for_implib_fallback_core '.idata$6' "$1"` else # unknown sharedlib_from_linklib_result= fi } # func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib func_extract_an_archive () { $debug_cmd f_ex_an_ar_dir=$1; shift f_ex_an_ar_oldlib=$1 if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then lockfile=$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib.lock until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" sleep 2 done fi func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" \ 'stat=$?; rm -f "$lockfile"; exit $stat' if test yes = "$lock_old_archive_extraction"; then $opt_dry_run || rm -f "$lockfile" fi if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" fi } # func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... func_extract_archives () { $debug_cmd my_gentop=$1; shift my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} my_oldobjs= my_xlib= my_xabs= my_xdir= for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do # Extract the objects. case $my_xlib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs=$my_xlib ;; *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; esac func_basename "$my_xlib" my_xlib=$func_basename_result my_xlib_u=$my_xlib while :; do case " $extracted_archives " in *" $my_xlib_u "*) func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 extracted_serial=$func_arith_result my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; *) break ;; esac done extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" my_xdir=$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" case $host in *-darwin*) func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run $opt_dry_run || { darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` cd $my_xdir || exit $? darwin_archive=$my_xabs darwin_curdir=`pwd` func_basename "$darwin_archive" darwin_base_archive=$func_basename_result darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` darwin_arch= func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches; do func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch" $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" "$darwin_archive" cd "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch" func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "$darwin_base_archive" cd "$darwin_curdir" $RM "unfat-$$/$darwin_base_archive-$darwin_arch/$darwin_base_archive" done # $darwin_arches ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$sed_basename" | sort -u` darwin_file= darwin_files= for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | sort | $NL2SP` $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files done # $darwin_filelist $RM -rf unfat-$$ cd "$darwin_orig_dir" else cd $darwin_orig_dir func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" fi # $darwin_arches } # !$opt_dry_run ;; *) func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" ;; esac my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | sort | $NL2SP` done func_extract_archives_result=$my_oldobjs } # func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] # # Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. # Don't directly open a file because we may want to # incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw/windows # wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within # func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables # set therein. # # ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR # variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script # will assume that the directory where it is stored is # the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw/windows-specific # behavior. func_emit_wrapper () { func_emit_wrapper_arg1=${1-no} $ECHO "\ #! $SHELL # $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION # # The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool # libraries that it depends on are installed. # # This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. # If it is, it will not operate correctly. # Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies # metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' # Be Bourne compatible if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac fi BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh # The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout # if CDPATH is set. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH relink_command=\"$relink_command\" # This environment variable determines our operation mode. if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then # install mode needs the following variables: generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' else # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then file=\"\$0\"" qECHO=`$ECHO "$ECHO" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` $ECHO "\ # A function that is used when there is no print builtin or printf. func_fallback_echo () { eval 'cat <<_LTECHO_EOF \$1 _LTECHO_EOF' } ECHO=\"$qECHO\" fi # Very basic option parsing. These options are (a) specific to # the libtool wrapper, (b) are identical between the wrapper # /script/ and the wrapper /executable/ that is used only on # windows platforms, and (c) all begin with the string "--lt-" # (application programs are unlikely to have options that match # this pattern). # # There are only two supported options: --lt-debug and # --lt-dump-script. There is, deliberately, no --lt-help. # # The first argument to this parsing function should be the # script's $0 value, followed by "$@". lt_option_debug= func_parse_lt_options () { lt_script_arg0=\$0 shift for lt_opt do case \"\$lt_opt\" in --lt-debug) lt_option_debug=1 ;; --lt-dump-script) lt_dump_D=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"X\$lt_dump_D\" = \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" && lt_dump_D=. lt_dump_F=\`\$ECHO \"X\$lt_script_arg0\" | $SED -e 's/^X//' -e 's%^.*/%%'\` cat \"\$lt_dump_D/\$lt_dump_F\" exit 0 ;; --lt-*) \$ECHO \"Unrecognized --lt- option: '\$lt_opt'\" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac done # Print the debug banner immediately: if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then echo \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: libtool wrapper (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION\" 1>&2 fi } # Used when --lt-debug. Prints its arguments to stdout # (redirection is the responsibility of the caller) func_lt_dump_args () { lt_dump_args_N=1; for lt_arg do \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[\$lt_dump_args_N]: \$lt_arg\" lt_dump_args_N=\`expr \$lt_dump_args_N + 1\` done } # Core function for launching the target application func_exec_program_core () { " case $host in # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) $ECHO "\ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir\\\\\$program\" 1>&2 func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; *) $ECHO "\ if test -n \"\$lt_option_debug\"; then \$ECHO \"$outputname:$output:\$LINENO: newargv[0]: \$progdir/\$program\" 1>&2 func_lt_dump_args \${1+\"\$@\"} 1>&2 fi exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} " ;; esac $ECHO "\ \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 exit 1 } # A function to encapsulate launching the target application # Strips options in the --lt-* namespace from \$@ and # launches target application with the remaining arguments. func_exec_program () { case \" \$* \" in *\\ --lt-*) for lt_wr_arg do case \$lt_wr_arg in --lt-*) ;; *) set x \"\$@\" \"\$lt_wr_arg\"; shift;; esac shift done ;; esac func_exec_program_core \${1+\"\$@\"} } # Parse options func_parse_lt_options \"\$0\" \${1+\"\$@\"} # Find the directory that this script lives in. thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` while test -n \"\$file\"; do destdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then case \"\$destdir\" in [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; esac fi file=\`\$ECHO \"\$file\" | $SED 's%^.*/%%'\` file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | $SED -n 's/.*-> //p'\` done # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw/windows when embedded into # the cwrapper. WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_arg1 if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then # special case for '.' if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then thisdir=\`pwd\` fi # remove .libs from thisdir case \"\$thisdir\" in *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"\$thisdir\" | $SED 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; esac fi # Try to get the absolute directory name. absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" " if test yes = "$fast_install"; then $ECHO "\ program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | $SED 1q\`; \\ test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then file=\"\$\$-\$program\" if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" else $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" $ECHO "\ # relink executable if necessary if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : else \$ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" exit 1 fi fi $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" fi" else $ECHO "\ program='$outputname' progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" " fi $ECHO "\ if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. # # Fix the DLL searchpath if we need to. Do this before prepending # to shlibpath, because on Windows, both are PATH and uninstalled # libraries must come first. if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then $ECHO "\ # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH " fi # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. if test yes = "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then $ECHO "\ # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" | $SED 's/::*\$//'\` export $shlibpath_var " fi $ECHO "\ if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then # Run the actual program with our arguments. func_exec_program \${1+\"\$@\"} fi else # The program doesn't exist. \$ECHO \"\$0: error: '\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 \$ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 exit 1 fi fi\ " } # func_emit_cwrapperexe_src # emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout # Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because # it depends on a number of variable set therein. func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () { cat < #include #if defined _WIN32 && !defined __GNUC__ # include # include # include #else # include # include # ifdef __CYGWIN__ # include # endif #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #define STREQ(s1, s2) (strcmp ((s1), (s2)) == 0) /* declarations of non-ANSI functions */ #if defined __MINGW32__ # ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ _CRTIMP int __cdecl _putenv (const char *); # endif #elif defined __CYGWIN__ # ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ char *realpath (const char *, char *); int putenv (char *); int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); # endif /* #elif defined other_platform || defined ... */ #endif /* portability defines, excluding path handling macros */ #if defined _MSC_VER # define setmode _setmode # define stat _stat # define chmod _chmod # define getcwd _getcwd # define putenv _putenv # define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC #elif defined __MINGW32__ # define setmode _setmode # define stat _stat # define chmod _chmod # define getcwd _getcwd # define putenv _putenv #elif defined __CYGWIN__ # define HAVE_SETENV # define FOPEN_WB "wb" /* #elif defined other platforms ... */ #endif #if defined PATH_MAX # define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX #elif defined MAXPATHLEN # define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN #else # define LT_PATHMAX 1024 #endif #ifndef S_IXOTH # define S_IXOTH 0 #endif #ifndef S_IXGRP # define S_IXGRP 0 #endif /* path handling portability macros */ #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR # define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' # define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' #endif #if defined _WIN32 || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__ || \ defined __OS2__ # define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM # define FOPEN_WB "wb" # ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' # endif # ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' # endif #endif #ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) #else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) #endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) #else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ # define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) #endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ #ifndef FOPEN_WB # define FOPEN_WB "w" #endif #ifndef _O_BINARY # define _O_BINARY 0 #endif #define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) #define XFREE(stale) do { \ if (stale) { free (stale); stale = 0; } \ } while (0) #if defined LT_DEBUGWRAPPER static int lt_debug = 1; #else static int lt_debug = 0; #endif const char *program_name = "libtool-wrapper"; /* in case xstrdup fails */ void *xmalloc (size_t num); char *xstrdup (const char *string); const char *base_name (const char *name); char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); int make_executable (const char *path); int check_executable (const char *path); char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...); void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...); static const char *nonnull (const char *s); static const char *nonempty (const char *s); void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); char **prepare_spawn (char **argv); void lt_dump_script (FILE *f); EOF cat <= 0) && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) return 1; else return 0; } int make_executable (const char *path) { int rval = 0; struct stat st; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(make_executable): %s\n", nonempty (path)); if ((!path) || (!*path)) return 0; if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) { rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); } return rval; } /* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. */ char * find_executable (const char *wrapper) { int has_slash = 0; const char *p; const char *p_next; /* static buffer for getcwd */ char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; size_t tmp_len; char *concat_name; lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(find_executable): %s\n", nonempty (wrapper)); if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) return NULL; /* Absolute path? */ #if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } else { #endif if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) { concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } #if defined HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM } #endif for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) if (*p == '/') { has_slash = 1; break; } if (!has_slash) { /* no slashes; search PATH */ const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); if (path != NULL) { for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) { const char *q; size_t p_len; for (q = p; *q; q++) if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) break; p_len = (size_t) (q - p); p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); if (p_len == 0) { /* empty path: current directory */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", nonnull (strerror (errno))); tmp_len = strlen (tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); } else { concat_name = XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); concat_name[p_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); } if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); } } /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ } /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "getcwd failed: %s", nonnull (strerror (errno))); tmp_len = strlen (tmp); concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); if (check_executable (concat_name)) return concat_name; XFREE (concat_name); return NULL; } char * chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) { #ifndef S_ISLNK return xstrdup (pathspec); #else char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; struct stat s; char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); char *p; int has_symlinks = 0; while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", tmp_pathspec); if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) { if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) { has_symlinks = 1; break; } /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) p--; if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) { /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ break; } *p = '\0'; } else { lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "error accessing file \"%s\": %s", tmp_pathspec, nonnull (strerror (errno))); } } XFREE (tmp_pathspec); if (!has_symlinks) { return xstrdup (pathspec); } tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); if (tmp_pathspec == 0) { lt_fatal (__FILE__, __LINE__, "could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); } return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); #endif } char * strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) { size_t len, patlen; assert (str != NULL); assert (pat != NULL); len = strlen (str); patlen = strlen (pat); if (patlen <= len) { str += len - patlen; if (STREQ (str, pat)) *str = '\0'; } return str; } void lt_debugprintf (const char *file, int line, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list args; if (lt_debug) { (void) fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: ", program_name, file, line); va_start (args, fmt); (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); va_end (args); } } static void lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *file, int line, const char *mode, const char *message, va_list ap) { fprintf (stderr, "%s:%s:%d: %s: ", program_name, file, line, mode); vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); if (exit_status >= 0) exit (exit_status); } void lt_fatal (const char *file, int line, const char *message, ...) { va_list ap; va_start (ap, message); lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, file, line, "FATAL", message, ap); va_end (ap); } static const char * nonnull (const char *s) { return s ? s : "(null)"; } static const char * nonempty (const char *s) { return (s && !*s) ? "(empty)" : nonnull (s); } void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); { #ifdef HAVE_SETENV /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ char *str = xstrdup (value); setenv (name, str, 1); #else size_t len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) { XFREE (str); } #endif } } char * lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) { char *new_value; if (orig_value && *orig_value) { size_t orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); size_t add_len = strlen (add); new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); if (to_end) { strcpy (new_value, orig_value); strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); } else { strcpy (new_value, add); strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); } } else { new_value = xstrdup (add); } return new_value; } void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); if (name && *name && value && *value) { char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ size_t len = strlen (new_value); while ((len > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) { new_value[--len] = '\0'; } lt_setenv (name, new_value); XFREE (new_value); } } void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) { lt_debugprintf (__FILE__, __LINE__, "(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", nonnull (name), nonnull (value)); if (name && *name && value && *value) { char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); lt_setenv (name, new_value); XFREE (new_value); } } EOF case $host_os in mingw* | windows*) cat <<"EOF" /* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn(). Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") : ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO); GetVersionEx(&v); v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT; }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com"). Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls CreateProcess(). We must quote the arguments since Win32 CreateProcess() interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a special way: - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...". - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal characters. - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special. - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0): \" -> " \\\" -> \" \\\\\" -> \\" */ #define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" #define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037" char ** prepare_spawn (char **argv) { size_t argc; char **new_argv; size_t i; /* Count number of arguments. */ for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++) ; /* Allocate new argument vector. */ new_argv = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1); /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector. */ for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { const char *string = argv[i]; if (string[0] == '\0') new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\""); else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL) { int quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL); size_t length; unsigned int backslashes; const char *s; char *quoted_string; char *p; length = 0; backslashes = 0; if (quote_around) length++; for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) { char c = *s; if (c == '"') length += backslashes + 1; length++; if (c == '\\') backslashes++; else backslashes = 0; } if (quote_around) length += backslashes + 1; quoted_string = XMALLOC (char, length + 1); p = quoted_string; backslashes = 0; if (quote_around) *p++ = '"'; for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++) { char c = *s; if (c == '"') { unsigned int j; for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--) *p++ = '\\'; } *p++ = c; if (c == '\\') backslashes++; else backslashes = 0; } if (quote_around) { unsigned int j; for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--) *p++ = '\\'; *p++ = '"'; } *p = '\0'; new_argv[i] = quoted_string; } else new_argv[i] = (char *) string; } new_argv[argc] = NULL; return new_argv; } EOF ;; esac cat <<"EOF" void lt_dump_script (FILE* f) { EOF func_emit_wrapper yes | $SED -n -e ' s/^\(.\{79\}\)\(..*\)/\1\ \2/ h s/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g s/$/\\n/ s/\([^\n]*\).*/ fputs ("\1", f);/p g D' cat <<"EOF" } EOF } # end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src # func_win32_import_lib_p ARG # True if ARG is an import lib, as indicated by $file_magic_cmd func_win32_import_lib_p () { $debug_cmd case `eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$1\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q` in *import*) : ;; *) false ;; esac } # func_suncc_cstd_abi # !!ONLY CALL THIS FOR SUN CC AFTER $compile_command IS FULLY EXPANDED!! # Several compiler flags select an ABI that is incompatible with the # Cstd library. Avoid specifying it if any are in CXXFLAGS. func_suncc_cstd_abi () { $debug_cmd case " $compile_command " in *" -compat=g "*|*\ -std=c++[0-9][0-9]\ *|*" -library=stdcxx4 "*|*" -library=stlport4 "*) suncc_use_cstd_abi=no ;; *) suncc_use_cstd_abi=yes ;; esac } # func_mode_link arg... func_mode_link () { $debug_cmd case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out # what system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra # flag for every libtool invocation. # allow_undefined=no # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying # to make a dll that has undefined symbols, in which case not # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. allow_undefined=yes ;; *) allow_undefined=yes ;; esac libtool_args=$nonopt base_compile="$nonopt $@" compile_command=$nonopt finalize_command=$nonopt compile_rpath= finalize_rpath= compile_shlibpath= finalize_shlibpath= convenience= old_convenience= deplibs= old_deplibs= compiler_flags= linker_flags= dllsearchpath= lib_search_path=`pwd` inst_prefix_dir= new_inherited_linker_flags= avoid_version=no bindir= dlfiles= dlprefiles= dlself=no export_dynamic=no export_symbols= export_symbols_regex= generated= libobjs= ltlibs= module=no no_install=no objs= os2dllname= non_pic_objects= precious_files_regex= prefer_static_libs=no preload=false prev= prevarg= release= rpath= xrpath= perm_rpath= temp_rpath= thread_safe=no vinfo= vinfo_number=no weak_libs= single_module=$wl-single_module func_infer_tag $base_compile # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. for arg do case $arg in -shared) test yes != "$build_libtool_libs" \ && func_fatal_configuration "cannot build a shared library" build_old_libs=no break ;; -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) case $arg in -all-static) if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" fi if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; -static) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=built ;; -static-libtool-libs) if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static fi prefer_static_libs=yes ;; esac build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes break ;; esac done # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. while test "$#" -gt 0; do arg=$1 shift func_quote_for_eval "$arg" qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$prev"; then case $prev in output) func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" ;; esac case $prev in bindir) bindir=$arg prev= continue ;; dlfiles|dlprefiles) $preload || { # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" preload=: } case $arg in *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. force) if test no = "$dlself"; then dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; self) if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then dlself=yes elif test dlfiles = "$prev" && test yes != "$dlopen_self"; then dlself=yes else dlself=needless export_dynamic=yes fi prev= continue ;; *) if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then func_append dlfiles " $arg" else func_append dlprefiles " $arg" fi prev= continue ;; esac ;; expsyms) export_symbols=$arg test -f "$arg" \ || func_fatal_error "symbol file '$arg' does not exist" prev= continue ;; expsyms_regex) export_symbols_regex=$arg prev= continue ;; framework) case $host in *-*-darwin*) case "$deplibs " in *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; *) func_append deplibs " $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later ;; esac ;; esac prev= continue ;; inst_prefix) inst_prefix_dir=$arg prev= continue ;; mllvm) # Clang does not use LLVM to link, so we can simply discard any # '-mllvm $arg' options when doing the link step. prev= continue ;; objectlist) if test -f "$arg"; then save_arg=$arg moreargs= for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` do # func_append moreargs " $fil" arg=$fil # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file func_source "$arg" if test -z "$pic_object" || test -z "$non_pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object" && test none = "$non_pic_object"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'" fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir=$func_dirname_result if test none != "$pic_object"; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object=$xdir$pic_object if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then # Preload the old-style object. func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. func_append libobjs " $pic_object" arg=$pic_object fi # Non-PIC object. if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object # A standard non-PIC object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then arg=$non_pic_object fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object=$pic_object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if $opt_dry_run; then # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir=$func_dirname_result func_lo2o "$arg" pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result func_append libobjs " $pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" else func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object" fi fi done else func_fatal_error "link input file '$arg' does not exist" fi arg=$save_arg prev= continue ;; os2dllname) os2dllname=$arg prev= continue ;; precious_regex) precious_files_regex=$arg prev= continue ;; release) release=-$arg prev= continue ;; rpath | xrpath) # We need an absolute path. case $arg in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" ;; esac if test rpath = "$prev"; then case "$rpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) func_append rpath " $arg" ;; esac else case "$xrpath " in *" $arg "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $arg" ;; esac fi prev= continue ;; shrext) shrext_cmds=$arg prev= continue ;; weak) func_append weak_libs " $arg" prev= continue ;; xassembler) func_append compiler_flags " -Xassembler $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " -Xassembler $qarg" func_append finalize_command " -Xassembler $qarg" continue ;; xcclinker) func_append linker_flags " $qarg" func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $qarg" func_append finalize_command " $qarg" continue ;; xcompiler) func_append compiler_flags " $qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $qarg" func_append finalize_command " $qarg" continue ;; xlinker) func_append linker_flags " $qarg" func_append compiler_flags " $wl$qarg" prev= func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" continue ;; *) eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" prev= continue ;; esac fi # test -n "$prev" prevarg=$arg case $arg in -all-static) if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" fi continue ;; -allow-undefined) # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. func_fatal_error "'-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" ;; -avoid-version) avoid_version=yes continue ;; -bindir) prev=bindir continue ;; -dlopen) prev=dlfiles continue ;; -dlpreopen) prev=dlprefiles continue ;; -export-dynamic) export_dynamic=yes continue ;; -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" fi if test X-export-symbols = "X$arg"; then prev=expsyms else prev=expsyms_regex fi continue ;; -framework) prev=framework continue ;; -inst-prefix-dir) prev=inst_prefix continue ;; # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) case $with_gcc/$host in no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -L*) func_stripname "-L" '' "$arg" if test -z "$func_stripname_result"; then if test "$#" -gt 0; then func_fatal_error "require no space between '-L' and '$1'" else func_fatal_error "need path for '-L' option" fi fi func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` test -z "$absdir" && \ func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'" dir=$absdir ;; esac case "$deplibs " in *" -L$dir "* | *" $arg "*) # Will only happen for absolute or sysroot arguments ;; *) # Preserve sysroot, but never include relative directories case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]* | =*) func_append deplibs " $arg" ;; *) func_append deplibs " -L$dir" ;; esac func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; esac case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) testbindir=`$ECHO "$dir" | $SED 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$dir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$dir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; esac ;; esac continue ;; -l*) if test X-lc = "X$arg" || test X-lm = "X$arg"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) continue ;; *-*-os2*) # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" continue ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work test X-lc = "X$arg" && continue ;; esac elif test X-lc_r = "X$arg"; then case $host in *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-bitrig* | *-*-midnightbsd*) # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. continue ;; esac fi func_append deplibs " $arg" continue ;; -mllvm) prev=mllvm continue ;; -module) module=yes continue ;; # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. -model|-arch|-isysroot|--sysroot) func_append compiler_flags " $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" prev=xcompiler continue ;; # Solaris ld rejects as of 11.4. Refer to Oracle bug 22985199. -pthread) case $host in *solaris2*) ;; *) case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $arg "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;; esac ;; esac continue ;; -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ |-threads|-fopenmp|-fopenmp=*|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) func_append compiler_flags " $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $arg "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $arg" ;; esac continue ;; -multi_module) single_module=$wl-multi_module continue ;; -no-fast-install) fast_install=no continue ;; -no-install) case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. func_warning "'-no-install' is ignored for $host" func_warning "assuming '-no-fast-install' instead" fast_install=no ;; *) no_install=yes ;; esac continue ;; -no-undefined) allow_undefined=no continue ;; -objectlist) prev=objectlist continue ;; -os2dllname) prev=os2dllname continue ;; -o) prev=output ;; -precious-files-regex) prev=precious_regex continue ;; -release) prev=release continue ;; -rpath) prev=rpath continue ;; -R) prev=xrpath continue ;; -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" dir=$func_stripname_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; =*) func_stripname '=' '' "$dir" dir=$lt_sysroot$func_stripname_result ;; *) func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" ;; esac case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; esac continue ;; -shared) # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. continue ;; -shrext) prev=shrext continue ;; -static | -static-libtool-libs) # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least # Digital Unix and AIX. continue ;; -thread-safe) thread_safe=yes continue ;; -version-info) prev=vinfo continue ;; -version-number) prev=vinfo vinfo_number=yes continue ;; -weak) prev=weak continue ;; -Wc,*) func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result arg= save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=, for flag in $args; do IFS=$save_ifs func_quote_for_eval "$flag" func_append arg " $func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compiler_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done IFS=$save_ifs func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" arg=$func_stripname_result ;; -Wl,*) func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" args=$func_stripname_result arg= save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=, for flag in $args; do IFS=$save_ifs func_quote_for_eval "$flag" func_append arg " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append compiler_flags " $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" func_append linker_flags " $func_quote_for_eval_result" done IFS=$save_ifs func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" arg=$func_stripname_result ;; -Xassembler) prev=xassembler continue ;; -Xcompiler) prev=xcompiler continue ;; -Xlinker) prev=xlinker continue ;; -XCClinker) prev=xcclinker continue ;; # -msg_* for osf cc -msg_*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result ;; # Flags to be passed through unchanged, with rationale: # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode for the SGI compiler # -r[0-9][0-9]* specify processor for the SGI compiler # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode for the Sun compiler # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode for the HP compiler # -q* compiler args for the IBM compiler # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* architecture-specific flags for GCC # -F/path path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* profiling flags for GCC # -fstack-protector* stack protector flags for GCC # @file GCC response files # -tp=* Portland pgcc target processor selection # --sysroot=* for sysroot support # -O*, -g*, -flto*, -fwhopr*, -fuse-linker-plugin GCC link-time optimization # -specs=* GCC specs files # -stdlib=* select c++ std lib with clang # -fdiagnostics-color* simply affects output # -frecord-gcc-switches used to verify flags were respected # -fsanitize=* Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer # -fno-sanitize* Clang/GCC memory and address sanitizer # -shared-libsan Link with shared sanitizer runtimes (Clang) # -static-libsan Link with static sanitizer runtimes (Clang) # -no-canonical-prefixes Do not expand any symbolic links # -fuse-ld=* Linker select flags for GCC # -static-* direct GCC to link specific libraries statically # -fcilkplus Cilk Plus language extension features for C/C++ # -rtlib=* select c runtime lib with clang # --unwindlib=* select unwinder library with clang # -f{file|debug|macro|profile}-prefix-map=* needed for lto linking # -Wa,* Pass flags directly to the assembler # -Werror, -Werror=* Report (specified) warnings as errors -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*|-tp=*|--sysroot=*| \ -O*|-g*|-flto*|-fwhopr*|-fuse-linker-plugin|-fstack-protector*|-no-canonical-prefixes| \ -stdlib=*|-rtlib=*|--unwindlib=*| \ -specs=*|-fsanitize=*|-fno-sanitize*|-shared-libsan|-static-libsan| \ -ffile-prefix-map=*|-fdebug-prefix-map=*|-fmacro-prefix-map=*|-fprofile-prefix-map=*| \ -fdiagnostics-color*|-frecord-gcc-switches| \ -fuse-ld=*|-static-*|-fcilkplus|-Wa,*|-Werror|-Werror=*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" func_append compiler_flags " $arg" continue ;; -Z*) if test os2 = "`expr $host : '.*\(os2\)'`"; then # OS/2 uses -Zxxx to specify OS/2-specific options compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" case $arg in -Zlinker | -Zstack) prev=xcompiler ;; esac continue else # Otherwise treat like 'Some other compiler flag' below func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result fi ;; # Some other compiler flag. -* | +*) func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result ;; *.$objext) # A standard object. func_append objs " $arg" ;; *.lo) # A libtool-controlled object. # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then pic_object= non_pic_object= # Read the .lo file func_source "$arg" if test -z "$pic_object" || test -z "$non_pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object" && test none = "$non_pic_object"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for '$arg'" fi # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir=$func_dirname_result test none = "$pic_object" || { # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. pic_object=$xdir$pic_object if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test yes = "$dlopen_support"; then func_append dlfiles " $pic_object" prev= continue else # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. prev=dlprefiles fi fi # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama if test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then # Preload the old-style object. func_append dlprefiles " $pic_object" prev= fi # A PIC object. func_append libobjs " $pic_object" arg=$pic_object } # Non-PIC object. if test none != "$non_pic_object"; then # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. non_pic_object=$xdir$non_pic_object # A standard non-PIC object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" if test -z "$pic_object" || test none = "$pic_object"; then arg=$non_pic_object fi else # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. non_pic_object=$pic_object func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" fi else # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. if $opt_dry_run; then # Extract subdirectory from the argument. func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" xdir=$func_dirname_result func_lo2o "$arg" pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result func_append libobjs " $pic_object" func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" else func_fatal_error "'$arg' is not a valid libtool object" fi fi ;; *.$libext) # An archive. func_append deplibs " $arg" func_append old_deplibs " $arg" continue ;; *.la) # A libtool-controlled library. func_resolve_sysroot "$arg" if test dlfiles = "$prev"; then # This library was specified with -dlopen. func_append dlfiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" prev= elif test dlprefiles = "$prev"; then # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. func_append dlprefiles " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" prev= else func_append deplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" fi continue ;; # Some other compiler argument. *) # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. func_quote_for_eval "$arg" arg=$func_quote_for_eval_result ;; esac # arg # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. if test -n "$arg"; then func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" fi done # argument parsing loop test -n "$prev" && \ func_fatal_help "the '$prevarg' option requires an argument" if test yes = "$export_dynamic" && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" func_append compile_command " $arg" func_append finalize_command " $arg" fi oldlibs= # calculate the name of the file, without its directory func_basename "$output" outputname=$func_basename_result libobjs_save=$libobjs if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"\$$shlibpath_var\" \| \$SED \'s/:/ /g\'\` else shlib_search_path= fi eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" # Definition is injected by LT_CONFIG during libtool generation. func_munge_path_list sys_lib_dlsearch_path "$LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH" func_dirname "$output" "/" "" output_objdir=$func_dirname_result$objdir func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/" tool_output_objdir=$func_to_tool_file_result # Create the object directory. func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" # Determine the type of output case $output in "") func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" ;; *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; *.la) linkmode=lib ;; *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. esac specialdeplibs= libs= # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) for deplib in $deplibs; do if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then case "$libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append libs " $deplib" done if test lib = "$linkmode"; then libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are # not to be eliminated). pre_post_deps= if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do case "$pre_post_deps " in *" $pre_post_dep "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $pre_post_deps" ;; esac func_append pre_post_deps " $pre_post_dep" done fi pre_post_deps= fi deplibs= newdependency_libs= newlib_search_path= need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries case $linkmode in lib) passes="conv dlpreopen link" for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do case $file in *.la) ;; *) func_fatal_help "libraries can '-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" ;; esac done ;; prog) compile_deplibs= finalize_deplibs= alldeplibs=false newdlfiles= newdlprefiles= passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" ;; *) passes="conv" ;; esac for pass in $passes; do # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong ## order, and fix it there properly tmp_deplibs= for deplib in $deplibs; do tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" done deplibs=$tmp_deplibs fi if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" || test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass"; then libs=$deplibs deplibs= fi if test prog = "$linkmode"; then case $pass in dlopen) libs=$dlfiles ;; dlpreopen) libs=$dlprefiles ;; link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; esac fi if test lib,dlpreopen = "$linkmode,$pass"; then # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs for lib in $dlprefiles; do # Ignore non-libtool-libs dependency_libs= func_resolve_sysroot "$lib" case $lib in *.la) func_source "$func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library # has declared as weak libs for deplib in $dependency_libs; do func_basename "$deplib" deplib_base=$func_basename_result case " $weak_libs " in *" $deplib_base "*) ;; *) func_append deplibs " $deplib" ;; esac done done libs=$dlprefiles fi if test dlopen = "$pass"; then # Collect dlpreopened libraries save_deplibs=$deplibs deplibs= fi for deplib in $libs; do lib= found=false case $deplib in -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe \ |-threads|-fopenmp|-fopenmp=*|-openmp|-mp|-xopenmp|-omp|-qsmp=*) if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else func_append compiler_flags " $deplib" if test lib = "$linkmode"; then case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $deplib "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; esac fi fi continue ;; -l*) if test lib != "$linkmode" && test prog != "$linkmode"; then func_warning "'-l' is ignored for archives/objects" continue fi func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test lib = "$linkmode"; then searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" else searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" fi for searchdir in $searchdirs; do for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do # Search the libtool library lib=$searchdir/lib$name$search_ext if test -f "$lib"; then if test .la = "$search_ext"; then found=: else found=false fi break 2 fi done done if $found; then # deplib is a libtool library # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, # We need to do some special things here, and not later. if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $deplib "*) if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then library_names= old_library= func_source "$lib" for l in $old_library $library_names; do ll=$l done if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library"; then # only static version available found=false func_dirname "$lib" "" "." ladir=$func_dirname_result lib=$ladir/$old_library if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue fi fi ;; *) ;; esac fi else # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test lib = "$linkmode" && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi continue fi ;; # -l *.ltframework) if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if test lib = "$linkmode"; then case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $deplib "*) ;; * ) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $deplib" ;; esac fi fi continue ;; -L*) case $linkmode in lib) deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" test conv = "$pass" && continue newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; prog) if test conv = "$pass"; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi if test scan = "$pass"; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; *) func_warning "'-L' is ignored for archives/objects" ;; esac # linkmode continue ;; # -L -R*) if test link = "$pass"; then func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" dir=$func_resolve_sysroot_result # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. case "$xrpath " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $dir" ;; esac fi deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" lib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result ;; *.$libext) if test conv = "$pass"; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" continue fi case $linkmode in lib) # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) valid_a_lib=false case $deplibs_check_method in match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` if eval "\$ECHO \"$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q \ | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then valid_a_lib=: fi ;; pass_all) valid_a_lib=: ;; esac if $valid_a_lib; then echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" echo "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." fi ;; esac continue ;; prog) if test link != "$pass"; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" fi continue ;; esac # linkmode ;; # *.$libext *.lo | *.$objext) if test conv = "$pass"; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then if test dlpreopen = "$pass" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, # we need to preload. func_append newdlprefiles " $deplib" compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" else func_append newdlfiles " $deplib" fi fi continue ;; %DEPLIBS%) alldeplibs=: continue ;; esac # case $deplib $found || test -f "$lib" \ || func_fatal_error "cannot find the library '$lib' or unhandled argument '$deplib'" # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ || func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_dirname "$lib" "" "." ladir=$func_dirname_result dlname= dlopen= dlpreopen= libdir= library_names= old_library= inherited_linker_flags= # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink installed=yes shouldnotlink=no avoidtemprpath= # Read the .la file func_source "$lib" # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "$inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; *) func_append new_inherited_linker_flags " $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; esac done fi dependency_libs=`$ECHO " $dependency_libs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` if test lib,link = "$linkmode,$pass" || test prog,scan = "$linkmode,$pass" || { test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; }; then test -n "$dlopen" && func_append dlfiles " $dlopen" test -n "$dlpreopen" && func_append dlprefiles " $dlpreopen" fi if test conv = "$pass"; then # Only check for convenience libraries deplibs="$lib $deplibs" if test -z "$libdir"; then if test -z "$old_library"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'" fi # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. func_append convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" func_append old_convenience " $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" elif test prog != "$linkmode" && test lib != "$linkmode"; then func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a convenience library" fi tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" done continue fi # $pass = conv # Get the name of the library we link against. linklib= if test -n "$old_library" && { test yes = "$prefer_static_libs" || test built,no = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; }; then linklib=$old_library else for l in $old_library $library_names; do linklib=$l done fi if test -z "$linklib"; then func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for '$lib'" fi # This library was specified with -dlopen. if test dlopen = "$pass"; then test -z "$libdir" \ && func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: '$lib'" if test -z "$dlname" || test yes != "$dlopen_support" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs" then # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. func_append dlprefiles " $lib $dependency_libs" else func_append newdlfiles " $lib" fi continue fi # $pass = dlopen # We need an absolute path. case $ladir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir=$ladir ;; *) abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$ladir'" func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" abs_ladir=$ladir fi ;; esac func_basename "$lib" laname=$func_basename_result # Find the relevant object directory and library name. if test yes = "$installed"; then if test ! -f "$lt_sysroot$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then func_warning "library '$lib' was moved." dir=$ladir absdir=$abs_ladir libdir=$abs_ladir else dir=$lt_sysroot$libdir absdir=$lt_sysroot$libdir fi test yes = "$hardcode_automatic" && avoidtemprpath=yes else if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then dir=$ladir absdir=$abs_ladir # Remove this search path later func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" else dir=$ladir/$objdir absdir=$abs_ladir/$objdir # Remove this search path later func_append notinst_path " $abs_ladir" fi fi # $installed = yes func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" name=$func_stripname_result # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then if test -z "$libdir" && test prog = "$linkmode"; then func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: '$lib'" fi case $host in # special handling for platforms with PE-DLLs. *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* | *cegcc* ) # Linker will automatically link against shared library if both # static and shared are present. Therefore, ensure we extract # symbols from the import library if a shared library is present # (otherwise, the dlopen module name will be incorrect). We do # this by putting the import library name into $newdlprefiles. # We recover the dlopen module name by 'saving' the la file # name in a special purpose variable, and (later) extracting the # dlname from the la file. if test -n "$dlname"; then func_tr_sh "$dir/$linklib" eval "libfile_$func_tr_sh_result=\$abs_ladir/\$laname" func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" else func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. test -z "$libdir" && \ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" fi ;; * ) # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols # are required to link). if test -n "$old_library"; then func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$old_library" # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. test -z "$libdir" && \ func_append dlpreconveniencelibs " $dir/$old_library" # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. elif test -n "$dlname"; then func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$dlname" else func_append newdlprefiles " $dir/$linklib" fi ;; esac fi # $pass = dlpreopen if test -z "$libdir"; then # Link the convenience library if test lib = "$linkmode"; then deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" elif test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" else deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass fi continue fi if test prog = "$linkmode" && test link != "$pass"; then func_append newlib_search_path " $ladir" deplibs="$lib $deplibs" linkalldeplibs=false if test no != "$link_all_deplibs" || test -z "$library_names" || test no = "$build_libtool_libs"; then linkalldeplibs=: fi tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newlib_search_path " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac # Need to link against all dependency_libs? if $linkalldeplibs; then deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" else # Need to hardcode shared library paths # or/and link against static libraries newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" fi if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $deplib" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" done # for deplib continue fi # $linkmode = prog... if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then if test -n "$library_names" && { { test no = "$prefer_static_libs" || test built,yes = "$prefer_static_libs,$installed"; } || test -z "$old_library"; }; then # We need to hardcode the library path if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath"; then # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. case $temp_rpath: in *"$absdir:"*) ;; *) func_append temp_rpath "$absdir:" ;; esac fi # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac ;; esac fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... if $alldeplibs && { test pass_all = "$deplibs_check_method" || { test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" && test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then # We only need to search for static libraries continue fi fi link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs if test built = "$use_static_libs" && test yes = "$installed"; then use_static_libs=no fi if test -n "$library_names" && { test no = "$use_static_libs" || test -z "$old_library"; }; then case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | cegcc* | os2*) # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" need_relink=no ;; *) if test no = "$installed"; then func_append notinst_deplibs " $lib" need_relink=yes fi ;; esac # This is a shared library # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! dlopenmodule= for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then dlopenmodule=$dlpremoduletest break fi done if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test yes = "$shouldnotlink" && test link = "$pass"; then echo if test prog = "$linkmode"; then $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" else $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" fi $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" fi if test lib = "$linkmode" && test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then # Hardcode the library path. # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time # search path. case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) case "$compile_rpath " in *" $absdir "*) ;; *) func_append compile_rpath " $absdir" ;; esac ;; esac case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac ;; esac fi if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then # figure out the soname set dummy $library_names shift realname=$1 shift libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? if test -n "$dlname"; then soname=$dlname elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then # bleh windows case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | cegcc* | os2*) func_arith $current - $age major=$func_arith_result versuffix=-$major ;; esac eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname=$realname fi # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use soroot=$soname func_basename "$soroot" soname=$func_basename_result func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a # If the library has no export list, then create one now if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : else func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from '$soname'" func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Create $newlib if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else func_verbose "generating import library for '$soname'" func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library dir=$output_objdir linklib=$newlib fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink != "$opt_mode"; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= lib_linked=yes case $hardcode_action in immediate | unsupported) if test no = "$hardcode_direct"; then add=$dir/$linklib case $host in *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir=-L$dir ;; *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir=-L$dir ;; *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ *-*-unixware7*) add_dir=-L$dir ;; *-*-darwin* ) # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we cannot # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null; then if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" if test -z "$old_library"; then echo echo "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" echo "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" else add=$dir/$old_library fi elif test -n "$old_library"; then add=$dir/$old_library fi fi esac elif test no = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then case $host in *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath=$dir ;; esac add_dir=-L$dir add=-l$name elif test no = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then add_shlibpath=$dir add=-l$name else lib_linked=no fi ;; relink) if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" && test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then add=$dir/$linklib elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then add_dir=-L$absdir # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add=-l$name elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then add_shlibpath=$dir add=-l$name else lib_linked=no fi ;; *) lib_linked=no ;; esac if test yes != "$lib_linked"; then func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" fi if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then case :$compile_shlibpath: in *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; *) func_append compile_shlibpath "$add_shlibpath:" ;; esac fi if test prog = "$linkmode"; then test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" if test yes != "$hardcode_direct" && test yes != "$hardcode_minus_L" && test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; esac fi fi fi if test prog = "$linkmode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then add_shlibpath= add_dir= add= # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. if test yes = "$hardcode_direct" && test no = "$hardcode_direct_absolute"; then add=$libdir/$linklib elif test yes = "$hardcode_minus_L"; then add_dir=-L$lt_sysroot$libdir add=-l$name elif test yes = "$hardcode_shlibpath_var"; then case :$finalize_shlibpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; *) func_append finalize_shlibpath "$libdir:" ;; esac add=-l$name elif test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"; then add=$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib else add=$libdir/$linklib fi else # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. add_dir=-L$lt_sysroot$libdir # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then case $libdir in [\\/]*) func_append add_dir " -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" ;; esac fi add=-l$name fi if test prog = "$linkmode"; then test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" else test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" fi fi elif test prog = "$linkmode"; then # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and # shared platforms. if test unsupported != "$hardcode_direct"; then test -n "$old_library" && linklib=$old_library compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" else compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" fi elif test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then # Not a shared library if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then # We're trying link a shared library against a static one # but the system doesn't support it. # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so # that the program can be linked against the static library. echo $ECHO "*** Warning: This system cannot link to static lib archive $lib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." if test yes = "$module"; then echo "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" echo "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi else deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" link_static=yes fi fi # link shared/static library? if test lib = "$linkmode"; then if test -n "$dependency_libs" && { test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs" || test yes = "$link_static"; }; then # Extract -R from dependency_libs temp_deplibs= for libdir in $dependency_libs; do case $libdir in -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result case " $xrpath " in *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; *) func_append xrpath " $temp_xrpath";; esac;; *) func_append temp_deplibs " $libdir";; esac done dependency_libs=$temp_deplibs fi func_append newlib_search_path " $absdir" # Link against this library test no = "$link_static" && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" # ... and its dependency_libs tmp_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" case $deplib in -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" func_resolve_sysroot "$func_stripname_result";; *) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" ;; esac if $opt_preserve_dup_deps; then case "$tmp_libs " in *" $func_resolve_sysroot_result "*) func_append specialdeplibs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" ;; esac fi func_append tmp_libs " $func_resolve_sysroot_result" done if test no != "$link_all_deplibs"; then # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries for deplib in $dependency_libs; do path= case $deplib in -L*) path=$deplib ;; *.la) func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" deplib=$func_resolve_sysroot_result func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." dir=$func_dirname_result # We need an absolute path. case $dir in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir=$dir ;; *) absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` if test -z "$absdir"; then func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of '$dir'" absdir=$dir fi ;; esac if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then case $host in *-*-darwin*) depdepl= eval deplibrary_names=`$SED -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` if test -n "$deplibrary_names"; then for tmp in $deplibrary_names; do depdepl=$tmp done if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"; then depdepl=$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then darwin_install_name=`$OTOOL64 -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` fi func_append compiler_flags " $wl-dylib_file $wl$darwin_install_name:$depdepl" func_append linker_flags " -dylib_file $darwin_install_name:$depdepl" path= fi fi ;; *) path=-L$absdir/$objdir ;; esac else eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ func_warning "'$deplib' seems to be moved" path=-L$absdir fi ;; esac case " $deplibs " in *" $path "*) ;; *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; esac done fi # link_all_deplibs != no fi # linkmode = lib done # for deplib in $libs if test link = "$pass"; then if test prog = "$linkmode"; then compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" else compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` fi fi dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs if test dlpreopen = "$pass"; then # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries for deplib in $save_deplibs; do deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" done fi if test dlopen != "$pass"; then test conv = "$pass" || { # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. lib_search_path= for dir in $newlib_search_path; do case "$lib_search_path " in *" $dir "*) ;; *) func_append lib_search_path " $dir" ;; esac done newlib_search_path= } if test prog,link = "$linkmode,$pass"; then vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" else vars=deplibs fi for var in $vars dependency_libs; do # Add libraries to $var in reverse order eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" new_libs= for deplib in $tmp_libs; do # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally # broken: #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in # practice: case $deplib in -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; -R*) ;; *) # And here is the reason: when a library appears more # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or # is implicitly linked in more than once by the # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this # with having the same library being listed as a # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare # enough that we require users that really mean to play # such unportable linking tricks to link the library # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it # for duplicate removal. case " $specialdeplibs " in *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; *) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; esac ;; esac ;; esac done tmp_libs= for deplib in $new_libs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $tmp_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append tmp_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" done # for var fi # Add Sun CC postdeps if required: test CXX = "$tagname" && { case $host_os in linux*) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | $SED 5q` in *Sun\ C*) # Sun C++ 5.9 func_suncc_cstd_abi if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; solaris*) func_cc_basename "$CC" case $func_cc_basename_result in CC* | sunCC*) func_suncc_cstd_abi if test no != "$suncc_use_cstd_abi"; then func_append postdeps ' -library=Cstd -library=Crun' fi ;; esac ;; esac } # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs # (they stay in deplibs) tmp_libs= for i in $dependency_libs; do case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in *" $i "*) i= ;; esac if test -n "$i"; then func_append tmp_libs " $i" fi done dependency_libs=$tmp_libs done # for pass if test prog = "$linkmode"; then dlfiles=$newdlfiles fi if test prog = "$linkmode" || test lib = "$linkmode"; then dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles fi case $linkmode in oldlib) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for archives" fi case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for archives" ;; esac test -n "$rpath" && \ func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for archives" test -n "$xrpath" && \ func_warning "'-R' is ignored for archives" test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for archives" test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ func_warning "'-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" # Now set the variables for building old libraries. build_libtool_libs=no oldlibs=$output func_append objs "$old_deplibs" ;; lib) # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form 'libNAME.la'. case $outputname in lib*) func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" name=$func_stripname_result eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" ;; *) test no = "$module" \ && func_fatal_help "libtool library '$output' must begin with 'lib'" if test no != "$need_lib_prefix"; then # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" name=$func_stripname_result eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" else func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" libname=$func_stripname_result fi ;; esac if test -n "$objs"; then if test pass_all != "$deplibs_check_method"; then func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library '$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" else echo $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" func_append libobjs " $objs" fi fi test no = "$dlself" \ || func_warning "'-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" set dummy $rpath shift test 1 -lt "$#" \ && func_warning "ignoring multiple '-rpath's for a libtool library" install_libdir=$1 oldlibs= if test -z "$rpath"; then if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then # Building a libtool convenience library. # Some compilers have problems with a '.al' extension so # convenience libraries should have the same extension an # archive normally would. oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" build_libtool_libs=convenience build_old_libs=yes fi test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "'-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" else # Parse the version information argument. save_ifs=$IFS; IFS=: set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 shift IFS=$save_ifs test -n "$7" && \ func_fatal_help "too many parameters to '-version-info'" # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible case $vinfo_number in yes) number_major=$1 number_minor=$2 number_revision=$3 # # There are really only two kinds -- those that # use the current revision as the major version # and those that subtract age and use age as # a minor version. But, then there is irix # that has an extra 1 added just for fun # case $version_type in # correct linux to gnu/linux during the next big refactor darwin|freebsd-elf|linux|midnightbsd-elf|osf|qnx|windows|none) func_arith $number_major + $number_minor current=$func_arith_result age=$number_minor revision=$number_revision ;; freebsd-aout|sco|sunos) current=$number_major revision=$number_minor age=0 ;; irix|nonstopux) func_arith $number_major + $number_minor current=$func_arith_result age=$number_minor revision=$number_minor lt_irix_increment=no ;; esac ;; no) current=$1 revision=$2 age=$3 ;; esac # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. case $current in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "CURRENT '$current' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac case $revision in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "REVISION '$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac case $age in 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; *) func_error "AGE '$age' must be a nonnegative integer" func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" ;; esac if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then func_error "AGE '$age' is greater than the current interface number '$current'" func_fatal_error "'$vinfo' is not valid version information" fi # Calculate the version variables. major= versuffix= verstring= case $version_type in none) ;; darwin) # Like Linux, but with the current version available in # verstring for coding it into the library header func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=$major.$age.$revision # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... func_arith $current + 1 minor_current=$func_arith_result xlcverstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision" verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" # On Darwin other compilers case $CC in nagfor*) verstring="$wl-compatibility_version $wl$minor_current $wl-current_version $wl$minor_current.$revision" ;; *) verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" ;; esac ;; freebsd-aout) major=.$current versuffix=.$current.$revision ;; freebsd-elf | midnightbsd-elf) func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=$major.$age.$revision ;; irix | nonstopux) if test no = "$lt_irix_increment"; then func_arith $current - $age else func_arith $current - $age + 1 fi major=$func_arith_result case $version_type in nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; esac verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$revision # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$revision while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do func_arith $revision - $loop iface=$func_arith_result func_arith $loop - 1 loop=$func_arith_result verstring=$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring done # Before this point, $major must not contain '.'. major=.$major versuffix=$major.$revision ;; linux) # correct to gnu/linux during the next big refactor func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=$major.$age.$revision ;; osf) func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=.$current.$age.$revision verstring=$current.$age.$revision # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. loop=$age while test 0 -ne "$loop"; do func_arith $current - $loop iface=$func_arith_result func_arith $loop - 1 loop=$func_arith_result verstring=$verstring:$iface.0 done # Make executables depend on our current version. func_append verstring ":$current.0" ;; qnx) func_arith $current - $age major=.$func_arith_result versuffix=$major.$age.$revision ;; sco) major=.$current versuffix=.$current ;; sunos) major=.$current versuffix=.$current.$revision ;; windows) # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one # extension on DOS 8.3 file systems. func_arith $current - $age major=$func_arith_result versuffix=-$major ;; *) func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type '$version_type'" ;; esac # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then major= case $version_type in darwin) # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting # problems, so we reset it completely verstring= ;; *) verstring=0.0 ;; esac if test no = "$need_version"; then versuffix= else versuffix=.0.0 fi fi # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided if test yes,no = "$avoid_version,$need_version"; then major= versuffix= verstring= fi # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. if test yes = "$allow_undefined"; then if test unsupported = "$allow_undefined_flag"; then if test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries; building static only" build_libtool_libs=no else func_fatal_error "can't build $host shared library unless -no-undefined is specified" fi fi else # Don't allow undefined symbols. allow_undefined_flag=$no_undefined_flag fi fi func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" : func_append libobjs " $symfileobj" test " " = "$libobjs" && libobjs= if test relink != "$opt_mode"; then # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. removelist= tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` for p in $tempremovelist; do case $p in *.$objext | *.gcno) ;; $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/$libname$release.*) if test -n "$precious_files_regex"; then if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 then continue fi fi func_append removelist " $p" ;; *) ;; esac done test -n "$removelist" && \ func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" fi # Now set the variables for building old libraries. if test yes = "$build_old_libs" && test convenience != "$build_libtool_libs"; then func_append oldlibs " $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" # Transform .lo files to .o files. oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi # Eliminate all temporary directories. #for path in $notinst_path; do # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "$lib_search_path " | $SED "s% $path % %g"` # deplibs=`$ECHO "$deplibs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "$dependency_libs " | $SED "s% -L$path % %g"` #done if test -n "$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. temp_xrpath= for libdir in $xrpath; do func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" func_append temp_xrpath " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac done if test yes != "$hardcode_into_libs" || test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" fi fi # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened old_dlfiles=$dlfiles dlfiles= for lib in $old_dlfiles; do case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) func_append dlfiles " $lib" ;; esac done # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files old_dlprefiles=$dlprefiles dlprefiles= for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do case "$dlprefiles " in *" $lib "*) ;; *) func_append dlprefiles " $lib" ;; esac done if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then if test -n "$rpath"; then case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc* | *-*-haiku*) # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! ;; *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework func_append deplibs " System.ltframework" ;; *-*-netbsd*) # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. ;; *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly* | *-*-midnightbsd*) # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. ;; *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) # Causes problems with __ctype ;; *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work ;; *) # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. if test yes = "$build_libtool_need_lc"; then func_append deplibs " -lc" fi ;; esac fi # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. name_save=$name libname_save=$libname release_save=$release versuffix_save=$versuffix major_save=$major # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to # add it in twice. Is that correct? release= versuffix= major= newdeplibs= droppeddeps=no case $deplibs_check_method in pass_all) # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. # This might be a little naive. We might want to check # whether the library exists or not. But this is on # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just # implementing what was already the behavior. newdeplibs=$deplibs ;; test_compile) # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c cat > conftest.c </dev/null` $nocaseglob else potential_libs=`ls $i/$libnameglob[.-]* 2>/dev/null` fi for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do # Follow soft links. if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then continue fi # The statement above tries to avoid entering an # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link # loop can be closed while we follow links, # but so what? potlib=$potent_lib while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | $SED 's/.* -> //'` case $potliblink in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib=$potliblink;; *) potlib=`$ECHO "$potlib" | $SED 's|[^/]*$||'`"$potliblink";; esac done if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | $SED -e 10q | $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib= break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib"; then droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib"; then $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" else $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi ;; *) # Add a -L argument. func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" ;; esac done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; match_pattern*) set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` for a_deplib in $deplibs; do case $a_deplib in -l*) func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" name=$func_stripname_result if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then case " $predeps $postdeps " in *" $a_deplib "*) func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib= ;; esac fi if test -n "$a_deplib"; then libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do potlib=$potent_lib # see symlink-check above in file_magic test if eval "\$ECHO \"$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $SED 10q | \ $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" a_deplib= break 2 fi done done fi if test -n "$a_deplib"; then droppeddeps=yes echo $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." echo "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" echo "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" echo "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" echo "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" if test -z "$potlib"; then $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" else $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" fi fi ;; *) # Add a -L argument. func_append newdeplibs " $a_deplib" ;; esac done # Gone through all deplibs. ;; none | unknown | *) newdeplibs= tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc$//; s/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` if test yes = "$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes"; then for i in $predeps $postdeps; do # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO " $tmp_deplibs" | $SED "s|$i||"` done fi case $tmp_deplibs in *[!\ \ ]*) echo if test none = "$deplibs_check_method"; then echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." else echo "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." fi echo "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." droppeddeps=yes ;; esac ;; esac versuffix=$versuffix_save major=$major_save release=$release_save libname=$libname_save name=$name_save case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; esac if test yes = "$droppeddeps"; then if test yes = "$module"; then echo echo "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" echo "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" echo "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then echo echo "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" echo "*** lists from a program, using 'nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" echo "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." echo "*** 'nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." fi if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi else echo "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" echo "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" echo "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." if test no = "$allow_undefined"; then echo echo "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," echo "*** because either the platform does not support them or" echo "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," echo "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." if test no = "$build_old_libs"; then oldlibs=$output_objdir/$libname.$libext build_libtool_libs=module build_old_libs=yes else build_libtool_libs=no fi fi fi fi # Done checking deplibs! deplibs=$newdeplibs fi # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" case $host in *-*-darwin*) newdeplibs=`$ECHO " $newdeplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO " $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` deplibs=`$ECHO " $deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done deplibs=$new_libs # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). library_names= old_library= dlname= # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more if test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then # Remove $wl instances when linking with ld. # FIXME: should test the right _cmds variable. case $archive_cmds in *\$LD\ *) wl= ;; esac if test yes = "$hardcode_into_libs"; then # Hardcode the library paths hardcode_libdirs= dep_rpath= rpath=$finalize_rpath test relink = "$opt_mode" || rpath=$compile_rpath$rpath for libdir in $rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then func_replace_sysroot "$libdir" libdir=$func_replace_sysroot_result if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs=$libdir else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append dep_rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir=$hardcode_libdirs eval "dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"" fi if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" fi test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" fi shlibpath=$finalize_shlibpath test relink = "$opt_mode" || shlibpath=$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath if test -n "$shlibpath"; then eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" fi # Get the real and link names of the library. eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" set dummy $library_names shift realname=$1 shift if test -n "$soname_spec"; then eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" else soname=$realname fi if test -z "$dlname"; then dlname=$soname fi lib=$output_objdir/$realname linknames= for link do func_append linknames " $link" done # Use standard objects if they are pic test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= delfiles= if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.uexp func_append delfiles " $export_symbols" fi orig_export_symbols= case $host_os in cygwin* | mingw* | windows* | cegcc*) if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then # exporting using user supplied symfile func_dll_def_p "$export_symbols" || { # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the # include_expsyms logic still works. orig_export_symbols=$export_symbols export_symbols= always_export_symbols=yes } fi ;; esac # Prepare the list of exported symbols if test -z "$export_symbols"; then if test yes = "$always_export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols cmds=$export_symbols_cmds save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' for cmd1 in $cmds; do IFS=$save_ifs # Take the normal branch if the nm_file_list_spec branch # doesn't work or if tool conversion is not needed. case $nm_file_list_spec~$to_tool_file_cmd in *~func_convert_file_noop | *~func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 | ~*) try_normal_branch=yes eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" func_len " $cmd" len=$func_len_result ;; *) try_normal_branch=no ;; esac if test yes = "$try_normal_branch" \ && { test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" \ || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; } then func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' skipped_export=false elif test -n "$nm_file_list_spec"; then func_basename "$output" output_la=$func_basename_result save_libobjs=$libobjs save_output=$output output=$output_objdir/$output_la.nm func_to_tool_file "$output" libobjs=$nm_file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result func_append delfiles " $output" func_verbose "creating $NM input file list: $output" for obj in $save_libobjs; do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" done > "$output" eval cmd=\"$cmd1\" func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' output=$save_output libobjs=$save_libobjs skipped_export=false else # The command line is too long to execute in one step. func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." skipped_export=: # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. break fi done IFS=$save_ifs if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test : != "$skipped_export"; then func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi fi if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' fi if test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately # isn't a blessed tool. $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols fi tmp_deplibs= for test_deplib in $deplibs; do case " $convenience " in *" $test_deplib "*) ;; *) func_append tmp_deplibs " $test_deplib" ;; esac done deplibs=$tmp_deplibs if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && test yes = "$compiler_needs_object" && test -z "$libobjs"; then # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. whole_archive_flag_spec= fi if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= else gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi fi if test yes = "$thread_safe" && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" func_append linker_flags " $flag" fi # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? fi # Do each of the archive commands. if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi if test : != "$skipped_export" && func_len " $test_cmds" && len=$func_len_result && test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then : else # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker # script. # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we # want to use save_libobjs as it was before # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. # This may have to be revisited, in case too many # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding # the spec. if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then save_libobjs=$libobjs fi save_output=$output func_basename "$output" output_la=$func_basename_result # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and # initialize k to one. test_cmds= concat_cmds= objlist= last_robj= k=1 if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test yes = "$with_gnu_ld"; then output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnkscript func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" echo 'INPUT (' > $output for obj in $save_libobjs do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done echo ')' >> $output func_append delfiles " $output" func_to_tool_file "$output" output=$func_to_tool_file_result elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test : != "$skipped_export" && test -n "$file_list_spec"; then output=$output_objdir/$output_la.lnk func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" : > $output set x $save_libobjs shift firstobj= if test yes = "$compiler_needs_object"; then firstobj="$1 " shift fi for obj do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" >> $output done func_append delfiles " $output" func_to_tool_file "$output" output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result\" else if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" func_len " $test_cmds" len0=$func_len_result len=$len0 # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. for obj in $save_libobjs do func_len " $obj" func_arith $len + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result if test -z "$objlist" || test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then func_append objlist " $obj" else # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a # command to the queue. if test 1 -eq "$k"; then # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. reload_objs=$objlist eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" else # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in # the last one created. reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext func_arith $k + 1 k=$func_arith_result output=$output_objdir/$output_la-$k.$objext objlist=" $obj" func_len " $last_robj" func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result fi done # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object # files will link in the last one created. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ reload_objs="$objlist $last_robj" eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$reload_cmds\" if test -n "$last_robj"; then eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi func_append delfiles " $output" else output= fi ${skipped_export-false} && { func_verbose "generating symbol list for '$libname.la'" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.exp $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols libobjs=$output # Append the command to create the export file. test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" if test -n "$last_robj"; then eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" fi } test -n "$save_libobjs" && func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' for cmd in $concat_cmds; do IFS=$save_ifs $opt_quiet || { func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ $RM "${realname}T" && \ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS=$save_ifs if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' fi fi ${skipped_export-false} && { if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then tmp_export_symbols=$export_symbols test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols=$orig_export_symbols $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "$include_expsyms" | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' fi if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. func_verbose "filter symbol list for '$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of # 's' commands, which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately # isn't a blessed tool. $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter func_append delfiles " $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols fi } libobjs=$output # Restore the value of output. output=$save_output if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. # Do each of the archive commands. if test yes = "$module" && test -n "$module_cmds"; then if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$module_expsym_cmds else cmds=$module_cmds fi else if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds else cmds=$archive_cmds fi fi fi if test -n "$delfiles"; then # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" fi # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles func_append libobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= fi save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' for cmd in $cmds; do IFS=$sp$nl eval cmd=\"$cmd\" IFS=$save_ifs $opt_quiet || { func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" } $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { lt_exit=$? # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ $RM "${realname}T" && \ $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) fi exit $lt_exit } done IFS=$save_ifs # Restore the uninstalled library and exit if test relink = "$opt_mode"; then $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi # Create links to the real library. for linkname in $linknames; do if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' fi done # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. if test yes = "$module" || test yes = "$export_dynamic"; then # On all known operating systems, these are identical. dlname=$soname fi fi ;; obj) if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test no != "$dlself"; then func_warning "'-dlopen' is ignored for objects" fi case " $deplibs" in *\ -l* | *\ -L*) func_warning "'-l' and '-L' are ignored for objects" ;; esac test -n "$rpath" && \ func_warning "'-rpath' is ignored for objects" test -n "$xrpath" && \ func_warning "'-R' is ignored for objects" test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for objects" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for objects" case $output in *.lo) test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ func_fatal_error "cannot build library object '$output' from non-libtool objects" libobj=$output func_lo2o "$libobj" obj=$func_lo2o_result ;; *) libobj= obj=$output ;; esac # Delete the old objects. $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate # the extraction. reload_conv_objs= gentop= # if reload_cmds runs $LD directly, get rid of -Wl from # whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with turning comma # into space. case $reload_cmds in *\$LD[\ \$]*) wl= ;; esac if test -n "$convenience"; then if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" test -n "$wl" || tmp_whole_archive_flags=`$ECHO "$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $SED 's|,| |g'` reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ $tmp_whole_archive_flags else gentop=$output_objdir/${obj}x func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" fi fi # If we're not building shared, we need to use non_pic_objs test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || libobjs=$non_pic_objects # Create the old-style object. reload_objs=$objs$old_deplibs' '`$ECHO "$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $SED "/\.$libext$/d; /\.lib$/d; $lo2o" | $NL2SP`' '$reload_conv_objs output=$obj func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. if test -z "$libobj"; then if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || { if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't # accidentally link it into a program. # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } if test -n "$pic_flag" || test default != "$pic_mode"; then # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" output=$libobj func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' fi if test -n "$gentop"; then func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; prog) case $host in *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; esac test -n "$vinfo" && \ func_warning "'-version-info' is ignored for programs" test -n "$release" && \ func_warning "'-release' is ignored for programs" $preload \ && test unknown,unknown,unknown = "$dlopen_support,$dlopen_self,$dlopen_self_static" \ && func_warning "'LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." case $host in *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` ;; esac case $host in *-*-darwin*) # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). if test CXX = "$tagname"; then case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in 10.[0123]) func_append compile_command " $wl-bind_at_load" func_append finalize_command " $wl-bind_at_load" ;; esac fi # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" compile_deplibs=`$ECHO " $compile_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO " $finalize_deplibs" | $SED 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` ;; esac # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list new_libs= for path in $notinst_path; do case " $new_libs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; *) case " $compile_deplibs " in *" -L$path/$objdir "*) func_append new_libs " -L$path/$objdir" ;; esac ;; esac done for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do case $deplib in -L*) case " $new_libs " in *" $deplib "*) ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac ;; *) func_append new_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done compile_deplibs=$new_libs func_append compile_command " $compile_deplibs" func_append finalize_command " $finalize_deplibs" if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do # This is the magic to use -rpath. case "$finalize_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac done fi # Now hardcode the library paths rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs=$libdir else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi case $host in *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-windows* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) testbindir=`$ECHO "$libdir" | $SED -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$libdir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$libdir";; esac case :$dllsearchpath: in *":$testbindir:"*) ;; ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; *) func_append dllsearchpath ":$testbindir";; esac ;; esac done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir=$hardcode_libdirs eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi compile_rpath=$rpath rpath= hardcode_libdirs= for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then hardcode_libdirs=$libdir else # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) ;; *) func_append hardcode_libdirs "$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" ;; esac fi else eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" func_append rpath " $flag" fi elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in *" $libdir "*) ;; *) func_append finalize_perm_rpath " $libdir" ;; esac fi done # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then libdir=$hardcode_libdirs eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" fi finalize_rpath=$rpath if test -n "$libobjs" && test yes = "$build_old_libs"; then # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` finalize_command=`$ECHO "$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $SED "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` fi func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" false # template prelinking step if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi wrappers_required=: case $host in *cegcc* | *mingw32ce*) # Disable wrappers for cegcc and mingw32ce hosts, we are cross compiling anyway. wrappers_required=false ;; *cygwin* | *mingw* | *windows* ) test yes = "$build_libtool_libs" || wrappers_required=false ;; *) if test no = "$need_relink" || test yes != "$build_libtool_libs"; then wrappers_required=false fi ;; esac $wrappers_required || { # Replace the output file specification. compile_command=`$ECHO "$compile_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` link_command=$compile_command$compile_rpath # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. exit_status=0 func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Delete the generated files. if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"; then func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.$objext"' fi exit $exit_status } if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" fi if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" fi compile_var= finalize_var= if test -n "$runpath_var"; then if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then # We should set the runpath_var. rpath= for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do func_append rpath "$dir:" done finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " fi fi if test yes = "$no_install"; then # We don't need to create a wrapper script. link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` # Delete the old output file. $opt_dry_run || $RM $output # Link the executable and exit func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi exit $EXIT_SUCCESS fi case $hardcode_action,$fast_install in relink,*) # Fast installation is not supported link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" func_warning "'$output' will be relinked during installation" ;; *,yes) link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath relink_command=`$ECHO "$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` ;; *,no) link_command=$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath relink_command=$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath ;; *,needless) link_command=$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath relink_command= ;; esac # Replace the output file specification. link_command=`$ECHO "$link_command" | $SED 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` # Delete the old output files. $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' if test -n "$postlink_cmds"; then func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$outputname" postlink_cmds=`func_echo_all "$postlink_cmds" | $SED -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g' -e 's%@TOOL_OUTPUT@%'"$func_to_tool_file_result"'%g'` func_execute_cmds "$postlink_cmds" 'exit $?' fi # Now create the wrapper script. func_verbose "creating $output" # Quote the relink command for shipping. if test -n "$relink_command"; then # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi done relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` fi # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. $opt_dry_run || { # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. case $output in *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" output=$func_stripname_result ;; esac # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions case $host in *cygwin*) exeext=.exe func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; *) exeext= ;; esac case $host in *cygwin* | *mingw* | windows* ) func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." output_name=$func_basename_result output_path=$func_dirname_result cwrappersource=$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c cwrapper=$output_path/$output_name.exe $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. $opt_dry_run || { $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource $STRIP $cwrapper } # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 $opt_dry_run || { # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. if test "x$build" = "x$host"; then $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result else func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result fi } ;; * ) $RM $output trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 func_emit_wrapper no > $output chmod +x $output ;; esac } exit $EXIT_SUCCESS ;; esac # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. for oldlib in $oldlibs; do case $build_libtool_libs in convenience) oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" addlibs=$convenience build_libtool_libs=no ;; module) oldobjs=$libobjs_save addlibs=$old_convenience build_libtool_libs=no ;; *) oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" $preload && test -f "$symfileobj" \ && func_append oldobjs " $symfileobj" addlibs=$old_convenience ;; esac if test -n "$addlibs"; then gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" fi # Do each command in the archive commands. if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test yes = "$build_libtool_libs"; then cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds else # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x func_append generated " $gentop" func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles func_append oldobjs " $func_extract_archives_result" fi # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently # not supported by libtool). if (for obj in $oldobjs do func_basename "$obj" $ECHO "$func_basename_result" done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then : else echo "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." gentop=$output_objdir/${outputname}x func_append generated " $gentop" func_mkdir_p "$gentop" save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= counter=1 for obj in $save_oldobjs do func_basename "$obj" objbase=$func_basename_result case " $oldobjs " in " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; *[\ /]"$objbase "*) while :; do # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also # overlaps. newobj=lt$counter-$objbase func_arith $counter + 1 counter=$func_arith_result case " $oldobjs " in *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; esac done func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" func_append oldobjs " $gentop/$newobj" ;; *) func_append oldobjs " $obj" ;; esac done fi func_to_tool_file "$oldlib" func_convert_file_msys_to_w32 tool_oldlib=$func_to_tool_file_result eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" func_len " $cmds" len=$func_len_result if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then cmds=$old_archive_cmds elif test -n "$archiver_list_spec"; then func_verbose "using command file archive linking..." for obj in $oldobjs do func_to_tool_file "$obj" $ECHO "$func_to_tool_file_result" done > $output_objdir/$libname.libcmd func_to_tool_file "$output_objdir/$libname.libcmd" oldobjs=" $archiver_list_spec$func_to_tool_file_result" cmds=$old_archive_cmds else # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." save_RANLIB=$RANLIB RANLIB=: objlist= concat_cmds= save_oldobjs=$oldobjs oldobjs= # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? for obj in $save_oldobjs do last_oldobj=$obj done eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" func_len " $test_cmds" len0=$func_len_result len=$len0 for obj in $save_oldobjs do func_len " $obj" func_arith $len + $func_len_result len=$func_arith_result func_append objlist " $obj" if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then : else # the above command should be used before it gets too long oldobjs=$objlist if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj"; then RANLIB=$save_RANLIB fi test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$old_archive_cmds\" objlist= len=$len0 fi done RANLIB=$save_RANLIB oldobjs=$objlist if test -z "$oldobjs"; then eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" else eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" fi fi fi func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' done test -n "$generated" && \ func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" # Now create the libtool archive. case $output in *.la) old_library= test yes = "$build_old_libs" && old_library=$libname.$libext func_verbose "creating $output" # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" else func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" fi done # Quote the link command for shipping. relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL \"$progpath\" $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" relink_command=`$ECHO "$relink_command" | $SED "$sed_quote_subst"` if test yes = "$hardcode_automatic"; then relink_command= fi # Only create the output if not a dry run. $opt_dry_run || { for installed in no yes; do if test yes = "$installed"; then if test -z "$install_libdir"; then break fi output=$output_objdir/${outputname}i # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones newdependency_libs= for deplib in $dependency_libs; do case $deplib in *.la) func_basename "$deplib" name=$func_basename_result func_resolve_sysroot "$deplib" eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $func_resolve_sysroot_result` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "'$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdependency_libs " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; -L*) func_stripname -L '' "$deplib" func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newdependency_libs " -L$func_replace_sysroot_result" ;; -R*) func_stripname -R '' "$deplib" func_replace_sysroot "$func_stripname_result" func_append newdependency_libs " -R$func_replace_sysroot_result" ;; *) func_append newdependency_libs " $deplib" ;; esac done dependency_libs=$newdependency_libs newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in *.la) func_basename "$lib" name=$func_basename_result eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdlfiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; *) func_append newdlfiles " $lib" ;; esac done dlfiles=$newdlfiles newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in *.la) # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into # the library: func_basename "$lib" name=$func_basename_result eval libdir=`$SED -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` test -z "$libdir" && \ func_fatal_error "'$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" func_append newdlprefiles " ${lt_sysroot:+=}$libdir/$name" ;; esac done dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles else newdlfiles= for lib in $dlfiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac func_append newdlfiles " $abs" done dlfiles=$newdlfiles newdlprefiles= for lib in $dlprefiles; do case $lib in [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs=$lib ;; *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; esac func_append newdlprefiles " $abs" done dlprefiles=$newdlprefiles fi $RM $output # place dlname in correct position for cygwin # In fact, it would be nice if we could use this code for all target # systems that can't hard-code library paths into their executables # and that have no shared library path variable independent of PATH, # but it turns out we can't easily determine that from inspecting # libtool variables, so we have to hard-code the OSs to which it # applies here; at the moment, that means platforms that use the PE # object format with DLL files. See the long comment at the top of # tests/bindir.at for full details. tdlname=$dlname case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *windows*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) # If a -bindir argument was supplied, place the dll there. if test -n "$bindir"; then func_relative_path "$install_libdir" "$bindir" tdlname=$func_relative_path_result/$dlname else # Otherwise fall back on heuristic. tdlname=../bin/$dlname fi ;; esac $ECHO > $output "\ # $outputname - a libtool library file # Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE) $VERSION # # Please DO NOT delete this file! # It is necessary for linking the library. # The name that we can dlopen(3). dlname='$tdlname' # Names of this library. library_names='$library_names' # The name of the static archive. old_library='$old_library' # Linker flags that cannot go in dependency_libs. inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' # Libraries that this one depends upon. dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' # Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library weak_library_names='$weak_libs' # Version information for $libname. current=$current age=$age revision=$revision # Is this an already installed library? installed=$installed # Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? shouldnotlink=$module # Files to dlopen/dlpreopen dlopen='$dlfiles' dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' # Directory that this library needs to be installed in: libdir='$install_libdir'" if test no,yes = "$installed,$need_relink"; then $ECHO >> $output "\ relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" fi done } # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' ;; esac exit $EXIT_SUCCESS } if test link = "$opt_mode" || test relink = "$opt_mode"; then func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} fi # func_mode_uninstall arg... func_mode_uninstall () { $debug_cmd RM=$nonopt files= rmforce=false exit_status=0 # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather # than running their programs. libtool_install_magic=$magic for arg do case $arg in -f) func_append RM " $arg"; rmforce=: ;; -*) func_append RM " $arg" ;; *) func_append files " $arg" ;; esac done test -z "$RM" && \ func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" rmdirs= for file in $files; do func_dirname "$file" "" "." dir=$func_dirname_result if test . = "$dir"; then odir=$objdir else odir=$dir/$objdir fi func_basename "$file" name=$func_basename_result test uninstall = "$opt_mode" && odir=$dir # Remember odir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then case " $rmdirs " in *" $odir "*) ;; *) func_append rmdirs " $odir" ;; esac fi # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || test -f "$file"; then : elif test -d "$file"; then exit_status=1 continue elif $rmforce; then continue fi rmfiles=$file case $name in *.la) # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. if func_lalib_p "$file"; then func_source $dir/$name # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. for n in $library_names; do func_append rmfiles " $odir/$n" done test -n "$old_library" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$old_library" case $opt_mode in clean) case " $library_names " in *" $dlname "*) ;; *) test -n "$dlname" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$dlname" ;; esac test -n "$libdir" && func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}i" ;; uninstall) if test -n "$library_names"; then # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1' fi if test -n "$old_library"; then # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" '$rmforce || exit_status=1' fi # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. ;; esac fi ;; *.lo) # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. if func_lalib_p "$file"; then # Read the .lo file func_source $dir/$name # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$pic_object" && test none != "$pic_object"; then func_append rmfiles " $dir/$pic_object" fi # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. if test -n "$non_pic_object" && test none != "$non_pic_object"; then func_append rmfiles " $dir/$non_pic_object" fi fi ;; *) if test clean = "$opt_mode"; then noexename=$name case $file in *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" file=$func_stripname_result func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" noexename=$func_stripname_result # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, # add $file without .exe func_append rmfiles " $file" ;; esac # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" relink_command= func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result func_append rmfiles " $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" else relink_command= func_source $dir/$noexename fi # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles func_append rmfiles " $odir/$name $odir/${name}S.$objext" if test yes = "$fast_install" && test -n "$relink_command"; then func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$name" fi if test "X$noexename" != "X$name"; then func_append rmfiles " $odir/lt-$noexename.c" fi fi fi ;; esac func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' done # Try to remove the $objdir's in the directories where we deleted files for dir in $rmdirs; do if test -d "$dir"; then func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" fi done exit $exit_status } if test uninstall = "$opt_mode" || test clean = "$opt_mode"; then func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} fi test -z "$opt_mode" && { help=$generic_help func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" } test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode '$opt_mode'" if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then eval exec "$exec_cmd" exit $EXIT_FAILURE fi exit $exit_status # The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation # where we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting # choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, # since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because # the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support # them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't # support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same # time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. # If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only # configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared build_libtool_libs=no build_old_libs=yes # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared # ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` # ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static # Local Variables: # mode:shell-script # sh-indentation:2 # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/config.sub0000755000000000000000000011544114701676710016301 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268,SC2162 # see below for rationale timestamp='2024-05-27' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that # program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 # of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). # Please send patches to . # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # You can get the latest version of this script from: # https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. # The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints # about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were # superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide # variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and # even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still # have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Options: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try '$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo "$1" exit ;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Split fields of configuration type saved_IFS=$IFS IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <&2 exit 1 ;; *-*-*-*) basic_machine=$field1-$field2 basic_os=$field3-$field4 ;; *-*-*) # Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two # parts maybe_os=$field2-$field3 case $maybe_os in cloudabi*-eabi* \ | kfreebsd*-gnu* \ | knetbsd*-gnu* \ | kopensolaris*-gnu* \ | linux-* \ | managarm-* \ | netbsd*-eabi* \ | netbsd*-gnu* \ | nto-qnx* \ | os2-emx* \ | rtmk-nova* \ | storm-chaos* \ | uclinux-gnu* \ | uclinux-uclibc* \ | windows-* ) basic_machine=$field1 basic_os=$maybe_os ;; android-linux) basic_machine=$field1-unknown basic_os=linux-android ;; *) basic_machine=$field1-$field2 basic_os=$field3 ;; esac ;; *-*) case $field1-$field2 in # Shorthands that happen to contain a single dash convex-c[12] | convex-c3[248]) basic_machine=$field2-convex basic_os= ;; decstation-3100) basic_machine=mips-dec basic_os= ;; *-*) # Second component is usually, but not always the OS case $field2 in # Do not treat sunos as a manufacturer sun*os*) basic_machine=$field1 basic_os=$field2 ;; # Manufacturers 3100* \ | 32* \ | 3300* \ | 3600* \ | 7300* \ | acorn \ | altos* \ | apollo \ | apple \ | atari \ | att* \ | axis \ | be \ | bull \ | cbm \ | ccur \ | cisco \ | commodore \ | convergent* \ | convex* \ | cray \ | crds \ | dec* \ | delta* \ | dg \ | digital \ | dolphin \ | encore* \ | gould \ | harris \ | highlevel \ | hitachi* \ | hp \ | ibm* \ | intergraph \ | isi* \ | knuth \ | masscomp \ | microblaze* \ | mips* \ | motorola* \ | ncr* \ | news \ | next \ | ns \ | oki \ | omron* \ | pc533* \ | rebel \ | rom68k \ | rombug \ | semi \ | sequent* \ | siemens \ | sgi* \ | siemens \ | sim \ | sni \ | sony* \ | stratus \ | sun \ | sun[234]* \ | tektronix \ | tti* \ | ultra \ | unicom* \ | wec \ | winbond \ | wrs) basic_machine=$field1-$field2 basic_os= ;; zephyr*) basic_machine=$field1-unknown basic_os=$field2 ;; *) basic_machine=$field1 basic_os=$field2 ;; esac ;; esac ;; *) # Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of # multi-component configurations. case $field1 in 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=bsd ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=udi ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe basic_os=scout ;; alliant) basic_machine=fx80-alliant basic_os= ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos basic_os= ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none basic_os=bsd ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl basic_os=sysv ;; amiga) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os= ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os=amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os=sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo basic_os=sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo basic_os=bsd ;; aros) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=aros ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple basic_os=aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent basic_os=dynix ;; blackfin) basic_machine=bfin-unknown basic_os=linux ;; cegcc) basic_machine=arm-unknown basic_os=cegcc ;; cray) basic_machine=j90-cray basic_os=unicos ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds basic_os= ;; da30) basic_machine=m68k-da30 basic_os= ;; decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec basic_os= ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola basic_os=sysv3 ;; dicos) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=dicos ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc basic_os=msdosdjgpp ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=ebmon ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson basic_os=ose ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro basic_os=sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=go32 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi basic_os=hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi basic_os=xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi basic_os=hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris basic_os=sysv3 ;; hp300 | hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp basic_os=hpux ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp basic_os=bsd ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp basic_os=osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp basic_os=proelf ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach basic_os=mach ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi basic_os=sysv ;; m68knommu) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os=linux ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips basic_os=sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek basic_os=sysv ;; mingw64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc basic_os=mingw64 ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=mingw32 ;; mingw32ce) basic_machine=arm-unknown basic_os=mingw32ce ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k basic_os=coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown basic_os=morphos ;; moxiebox) basic_machine=moxie-unknown basic_os=moxiebox ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=msdos ;; msys) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=msys ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm basic_os=mvs ;; nacl) basic_machine=le32-unknown basic_os=nacl ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr basic_os=sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel basic_os=linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony basic_os=newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony basic_os=newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec basic_os=sysv ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris basic_os=cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris basic_os=cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel basic_os=nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel basic_os=mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq basic_os=nonstopux ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm basic_os=os400 ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson basic_os=ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none basic_os=os68k ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel basic_os=osf ;; parisc) basic_machine=hppa-unknown basic_os=linux ;; psp) basic_machine=mipsallegrexel-sony basic_os=psp ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown basic_os=pw32 ;; rdos | rdos64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc basic_os=rdos ;; rdos32) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=rdos ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k basic_os=coff ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=udi ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei basic_os=seiux ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent basic_os= ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull basic_os=sysv2 ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem basic_os= ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus basic_os=sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun basic_os= ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun basic_os=sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun basic_os=sunos4 ;; sun3) basic_machine=m68k-sun basic_os= ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun basic_os=sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun basic_os=sunos4 ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os= ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os=sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os=sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os=solaris2 ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun basic_os= ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray basic_os=unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent basic_os=dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray basic_os=unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray basic_os=unicos ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl basic_os=tops20 ;; tpf) basic_machine=s390x-ibm basic_os=tpf ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu basic_os=sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec basic_os=none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec basic_os=sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec basic_os=vms ;; vsta) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=vsta ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; xbox) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=mingw32 ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray basic_os=unicos ;; *) basic_machine=$1 basic_os= ;; esac ;; esac # Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines case $basic_machine in # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=winbond ;; op50n) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=oki ;; op60c) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=oki ;; ibm*) cpu=i370 vendor=ibm ;; orion105) cpu=clipper vendor=highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) cpu=m68k vendor=apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) cpu=powerpc vendor=apple ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) cpu=m68000 vendor=att ;; 3b*) cpu=we32k vendor=att ;; bluegene*) cpu=powerpc vendor=ibm basic_os=cnk ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) cpu=pdp10 vendor=dec basic_os=tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) cpu=pdp10 vendor=dec basic_os=tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | delta-motorola | 3300-motorola | motorola-delta | motorola-3300) cpu=m68k vendor=motorola ;; # This used to be dpx2*, but that gets the RS6000-based # DPX/20 and the x86-based DPX/2-100 wrong. See # https://oldskool.silicium.org/stations/bull_dpx20.htm # https://www.feb-patrimoine.com/english/bull_dpx2.htm # https://www.feb-patrimoine.com/english/unix_and_bull.htm dpx2 | dpx2[23]00 | dpx2[23]xx) cpu=m68k vendor=bull ;; dpx2100 | dpx21xx) cpu=i386 vendor=bull ;; dpx20) cpu=rs6000 vendor=bull ;; encore | umax | mmax) cpu=ns32k vendor=encore ;; elxsi) cpu=elxsi vendor=elxsi basic_os=${basic_os:-bsd} ;; fx2800) cpu=i860 vendor=alliant ;; genix) cpu=ns32k vendor=ns ;; h3050r* | hiux*) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hitachi basic_os=hiuxwe2 ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.0 vendor=hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) cpu=m68000 vendor=hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) cpu=m68k vendor=hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.0 vendor=hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.0 vendor=hp ;; i*86v32) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=sysv4 ;; i*86v) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=sysv ;; i*86sol2) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=solaris2 ;; j90 | j90-cray) cpu=j90 vendor=cray basic_os=${basic_os:-unicos} ;; iris | iris4d) cpu=mips vendor=sgi case $basic_os in irix*) ;; *) basic_os=irix4 ;; esac ;; miniframe) cpu=m68000 vendor=convergent ;; *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) cpu=m68k vendor=atari basic_os=mint ;; news-3600 | risc-news) cpu=mips vendor=sony basic_os=newsos ;; next | m*-next) cpu=m68k vendor=next ;; np1) cpu=np1 vendor=gould ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=oki basic_os=proelf ;; pa-hitachi) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hitachi basic_os=hiuxwe2 ;; pbd) cpu=sparc vendor=tti ;; pbb) cpu=m68k vendor=tti ;; pc532) cpu=ns32k vendor=pc532 ;; pn) cpu=pn vendor=gould ;; power) cpu=power vendor=ibm ;; ps2) cpu=i386 vendor=ibm ;; rm[46]00) cpu=mips vendor=siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) cpu=romp vendor=ibm ;; sde) cpu=mipsisa32 vendor=sde basic_os=${basic_os:-elf} ;; simso-wrs) cpu=sparclite vendor=wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; tower | tower-32) cpu=m68k vendor=ncr ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) cpu=f301 vendor=fujitsu ;; w65) cpu=w65 vendor=wdc ;; w89k-*) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=winbond basic_os=proelf ;; none) cpu=none vendor=none ;; leon|leon[3-9]) cpu=sparc vendor=$basic_machine ;; leon-*|leon[3-9]-*) cpu=sparc vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'` ;; *-*) saved_IFS=$IFS IFS="-" read cpu vendor <&2 exit 1 ;; esac ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $vendor in digital*) vendor=dec ;; commodore*) vendor=cbm ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if test x"$basic_os" != x then # First recognize some ad-hoc cases, or perhaps split kernel-os, or else just # set os. obj= case $basic_os in gnu/linux*) kernel=linux os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|gnu|'` ;; os2-emx) kernel=os2 os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|os2-emx|emx|'` ;; nto-qnx*) kernel=nto os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto-qnx|qnx|'` ;; *-*) saved_IFS=$IFS IFS="-" read kernel os <&2 fi ;; *) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': OS '$os' not recognized" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac case $obj in aout* | coff* | elf* | pe*) ;; '') # empty is fine ;; *) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': Machine code format '$obj' not recognized" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we handle the constraint that a (synthetic) cpu and os are # valid only in combination with each other and nowhere else. case $cpu-$os in # The "javascript-unknown-ghcjs" triple is used by GHC; we # accept it here in order to tolerate that, but reject any # variations. javascript-ghcjs) ;; javascript-* | *-ghcjs) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': cpu '$cpu' is not valid with os '$os$obj'" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # As a final step for OS-related things, validate the OS-kernel combination # (given a valid OS), if there is a kernel. case $kernel-$os-$obj in linux-gnu*- | linux-android*- | linux-dietlibc*- | linux-llvm*- \ | linux-mlibc*- | linux-musl*- | linux-newlib*- \ | linux-relibc*- | linux-uclibc*- | linux-ohos*- ) ;; uclinux-uclibc*- | uclinux-gnu*- ) ;; managarm-mlibc*- | managarm-kernel*- ) ;; windows*-msvc*-) ;; -dietlibc*- | -llvm*- | -mlibc*- | -musl*- | -newlib*- | -relibc*- \ | -uclibc*- ) # These are just libc implementations, not actual OSes, and thus # require a kernel. echo "Invalid configuration '$1': libc '$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; -kernel*- ) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': '$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *-kernel*- ) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': '$kernel' does not support '$os'." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; *-msvc*- ) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': '$os' needs 'windows'." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; kfreebsd*-gnu*- | knetbsd*-gnu*- | netbsd*-gnu*- | kopensolaris*-gnu*-) ;; vxworks-simlinux- | vxworks-simwindows- | vxworks-spe-) ;; nto-qnx*-) ;; os2-emx-) ;; rtmk-nova-) ;; *-eabi*- | *-gnueabi*-) ;; none--*) # None (no kernel, i.e. freestanding / bare metal), # can be paired with an machine code file format ;; -*-) # Blank kernel with real OS is always fine. ;; --*) # Blank kernel and OS with real machine code file format is always fine. ;; *-*-*) echo "Invalid configuration '$1': Kernel '$kernel' not known to work with OS '$os'." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. case $vendor in unknown) case $cpu-$os in *-riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; *-sunos* | *-solaris*) vendor=sun ;; *-cnk* | *-aix*) vendor=ibm ;; *-beos*) vendor=be ;; *-hpux*) vendor=hp ;; *-mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; *-hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; *-unos*) vendor=crds ;; *-dgux*) vendor=dg ;; *-luna*) vendor=omron ;; *-genix*) vendor=ns ;; *-clix*) vendor=intergraph ;; *-mvs* | *-opened*) vendor=ibm ;; *-os400*) vendor=ibm ;; s390-* | s390x-*) vendor=ibm ;; *-ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; *-tpf*) vendor=ibm ;; *-vxsim* | *-vxworks* | *-windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; *-aux*) vendor=apple ;; *-hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; *-mpw* | *-macos*) vendor=apple ;; *-*mint | *-mint[0-9]* | *-*MiNT | *-MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; *-vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac ;; esac echo "$cpu-$vendor${kernel:+-$kernel}${os:+-$os}${obj:+-$obj}" exit # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/texinfo.tex0000644000000000000000000133272614071237055016517 0ustar rootroot% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. % % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % \def\texinfoversion{2021-04-25.21} % % Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as % published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the % License, or (at your option) any later version. % % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU % General Public License for more details. % % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License % along with this program. If not, see . % % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without % restriction. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 % of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: % https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or % https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or % https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page) % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. % % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. % % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. % % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the % full Texinfo distribution. % % The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} % If in a .fmt file, print the version number % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because % they might have appeared in the input file name. \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for % are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex. \def\typeout{\immediate\write17}% \chardef\other=12 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c \let\ptexcomma=\, \let\ptexdot=\. \let\ptexdots=\dots \let\ptexend=\end \let\ptexequiv=\equiv \let\ptexexclam=\! \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote \let\ptexgtr=> \let\ptexhat=^ \let\ptexi=\i \let\ptexindent=\indent \let\ptexinsert=\insert \let\ptexlbrace=\{ \let\ptexless=< \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent \let\ptexplus=+ \let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright \let\ptexrbrace=\} \let\ptexslash=\/ \let\ptexsp=\sp \let\ptexstar=\* \let\ptexsup=\sup \let\ptext=\t \let\ptextop=\top {\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it % starts a new line in the output. \newlinechar = `^^J % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. % \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. \else \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} \fi % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi \ifx\putworderror\undefined \gdef\putworderror{error}\fi \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi % \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi % \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi % Give the space character the catcode for a space. \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax} % Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character. \def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax} \chardef\dashChar = `\- \chardef\slashChar = `\/ \chardef\underChar = `\_ % Ignore a token. % \def\gobble#1{} % The following is used inside several \edef's. \def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} % Hyphenation fixes. \hyphenation{ Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces spell-ing spell-ings stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space wide-spread wrap-around } % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. % \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% \def\loggingall{% \tracingstats2 \tracingpages1 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingoutput1 \tracingmacros2 \tracingrestores1 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined\else % etex gives us more logging \tracingscantokens1 \tracingifs1 \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2 \tracingassigns1 \fi \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex \errorcontextlines16 }% % @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things % aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message, % after all. % \def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg} \def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}} % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. % \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} % Output routine % % For a final copy, take out the rectangles % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). % \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt } \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in % Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor. % We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark. % This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark. % % A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct. % \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase. % % Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter % (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top % of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. % \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one % mark before the section break, and one after. % In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs, % and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs. % Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous % section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section % from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top. % @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark. % % See page 260 of The TeXbook. \def\domark{% \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}% \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}% \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}% \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}% \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}% \mark{% \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks }% } % \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks, % \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark. % % \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title % page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us % the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g., % @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very % first @chapter. \def\gettopheadingmarks{% \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi } \def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi} \def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi} % Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors. \def\currentchapterdefs{} \def\currentsectiondefs{} \def\currentsection{} \def\prevchapterdefs{} \def\prevsectiondefs{} \def\currentcolordefs{} % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. \newdimen\bindingoffset \newdimen\normaloffset \newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight % Main output routine. % \chardef\PAGE = 255 \newtoks\defaultoutput \defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} \output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} \newbox\headlinebox \newbox\footlinebox % When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine % is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This % can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading % of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of % the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually % \shipout a page. % % (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and % \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page % containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown % away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.) % \newtoks\savedtopmark \newif\iftopmarksaved \topmarksavedtrue \def\savetopmark{% \iftopmarksaved\else \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}% \global\topmarksavedtrue \fi } % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. % \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer % and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written % to the auxiliary files. % \def\onepageout#1{% \hoffset=\normaloffset % \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi % \checkchapterpage % % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page, % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the % values in \headline and \footline. % % Common context changes for both heading and footing. % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars} % \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}% \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}% % {% % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files. % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends % before the \shipout runs. % \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output. \turnoffactive \shipout\vbox{% % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi % \unvbox\headlinebox \pagebody{#1}% \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.) % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. \vskip 24pt \unvbox\footlinebox \fi % }% }% \global\topmarksavedfalse \advancepageno \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi } \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen % Main part of page, including any footnotes \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} {\catcode`\@ =11 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi \dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} } % Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings. \newif\ifchapterpage \def\checkchapterpage{% % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername % \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi \let\curchaptername\thischaptername % \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername \chapterpagefalse \else \chapterpagetrue \fi } % Argument parsing % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. % For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}. % \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} \def\parseargusing#1#2{% \def\argtorun{#2}% \begingroup \obeylines \spaceisspace #1% \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. } {\obeylines % \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% }% } % First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to % \argcheckspaces. \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} \def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} % Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. % % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., % @end itemize @c foo % This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed % by \finishparsearg. % \def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} \def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} \def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% \def\temp{#3}% \ifx\temp\empty % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp: \let\temp\finishparsearg \else \let\temp\argcheckspaces \fi % Put the space token in: \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm } % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, % just before passing the control to \argtorun. % (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger % that a pair of braces would be stripped. % % But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. % \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}} % \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line % % \parseargdef\foo{...} % is roughly equivalent to % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} % \def\Xfoo#1{...} \def\parseargdef#1{% \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% } \def\doparseargdef#1#2{% \def#2{\parsearg#1}% \def#1##1% } % Several utility definitions with active space: { \obeyspaces \gdef\obeyedspace{ } % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input % should produce a line of output anyway. % \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} } \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} % Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: % % \envdef\foo{...} % \def\Efoo{...} % % It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the % actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also % defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks % whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. % % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they % are not treated as environments; they don't open a group. (The % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this % special case.) % At run-time, environments start with this: \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} % initialize \let\thisenv\empty % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} \def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} % Check whether we're in the right environment: \def\checkenv#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \else \badenverr \fi } % Environment mismatch, #1 expected: \def\badenverr{% \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, not \inenvironment\thisenv}% } \def\inenvironment#1{% \ifx#1\empty outside of any environment% \else in environment \expandafter\string#1% \fi } % @end foo calls \checkenv and executes the definition of \Efoo. \parseargdef\end{% \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname \else % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal. \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname \csname E#1\endcsname \endgroup \fi } \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. {\catcode`@ = 11 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble % if the definition is written into an index file. \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } } % @: forces normal size whitespace following. \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } % @* forces a line break. \def\*{\unskip\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} % @/ allows a line break. \let\/=\allowbreak % @. is an end-of-sentence period. \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @! is an end-of-sentence bang. \def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @? is an end-of-sentence query. \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. % \def\onword{on} \def\offword{off} % \parseargdef\frenchspacing{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and % the text is small, which looks bad. % % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). % \newbox\groupbox \def\vfilllimit{0.7} % \envdef\group{% \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% \fi \startsavinginserts % \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. \comment } % % The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts % \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) % \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space % above. But it's pretty close. \def\Egroup{% % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth \egroup % End the \vtop. \addgroupbox \prevdepth = \dimen1 \checkinserts } \def\addgroupbox{ % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big % group, force a page break. \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight \page \fi \fi \box\groupbox } % % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. % \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% where each line of input produces a line of output.} % @need space-in-mils % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in \parseargdef\need{% % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. \dimen0 = #1\mil \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 % % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. % And a page break here is fine. \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% % % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. % % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. \penalty9999 % % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. \kern -#1\mil % % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. \nobreak \fi } % @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). \let\br = \par % @page forces the start of a new page. % \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} % @exdent text.... % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. % That's how much \exdent should take out. \newskip\exdentamount % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. \parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. \parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. Not documented, written for gawk manual. % \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} % \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% \nobreak \kern-\strutdepth \vtop to \strutdepth{% \baselineskip=\strutdepth \vss % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. \ifx#1l% \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% \else \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% \fi \null }% }} \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} % % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; % else use TEXT for both). % \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts \def\righttext{#2}% \else \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text \def\righttext{#1}% \fi % \ifodd\pageno \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin \else \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% \fi \temp } % @include FILE -- \input text of FILE. % \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} \def\includezzz#1{% \pushthisfilestack \def\thisfile{#1}% {% \makevalueexpandable % we want to expand any @value in FILE. \turnoffactive % and allow special characters in the expansion \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @include of #1^^J}% \edef\temp{\noexpand\input #1 }% % % This trickery is to read FILE outside of a group, in case it makes % definitions, etc. \expandafter }\temp \popthisfilestack } \def\filenamecatcodes{% \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`~=\other \catcode`^=\other \catcode`_=\other \catcode`|=\other \catcode`<=\other \catcode`>=\other \catcode`+=\other \catcode`-=\other \catcode`\`=\other \catcode`\'=\other } \def\pushthisfilestack{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackX{% \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm } \def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% } \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: the stack of filenames is empty.}} % \def\thisfile{} % @center line % outputs that line, centered. % \parseargdef\center{% \ifhmode \let\centersub\centerH \else \let\centersub\centerV \fi \centersub{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% \let\centersub\relax % don't let the definition persist, just in case } \def\centerH#1{{% \hfil\break \advance\hsize by -\leftskip \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \line{#1}% \break }} % \newcount\centerpenalty \def\centerV#1{% % The idea here is the same as in \startdefun, \cartouche, etc.: if % @center is the first thing after a section heading, we need to wipe % out the negative parskip inserted by \sectionheading, but still % prevent a page break here. \centerpenalty = \lastpenalty \ifnum\centerpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \fi \ifnum\centerpenalty>9999 \penalty\centerpenalty \fi \line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}% } % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space % \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} % @comment ...line which is ignored... % @c is the same as @comment % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment \def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active% \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% \cxxx} {\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} % \let\comment\c % @paragraphindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. % \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords \def\noneword{none} % \parseargdef\paragraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \defaultparindent = 0pt \else \defaultparindent = #1em \fi \fi \parindent = \defaultparindent } % @exampleindent NCHARS % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. \parseargdef\exampleindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\asisword \else \ifx\temp\noneword \lispnarrowing = 0pt \else \lispnarrowing = #1em \fi \fi } % @firstparagraphindent WORD % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such % paragraphs. % % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. % We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. % By default, we suppress indentation. % \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} \def\insertword{insert} % \parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\noneword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent \else\ifx\temp\insertword \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% \fi\fi } % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. % % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next % paragraph. % \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}% \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}% \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}% } % \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% \global\let\indent = \ptexindent \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent \global\everypar = {}% } % leave vertical mode without cancelling any first paragraph indent \gdef\imageindent{% \toks0=\everypar \everypar={}% \ptexnoindent \global\everypar=\toks0 } % @refill is a no-op. \let\refill=\relax % @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored \let\setfilename=\comment % @bye. \outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend} \message{pdf,} % adobe `portable' document format \newcount\tempnum \newcount\lnkcount \newtoks\filename \newcount\filenamelength \newcount\pgn \newtoks\toksA \newtoks\toksB \newtoks\toksC \newtoks\toksD \newbox\boxA \newbox\boxB \newcount\countA \newif\ifpdf \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest % % For LuaTeX % \newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc. \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else % Use Unicode destination names \txiuseunicodedestnametrue % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8 \begingroup \catcode`\%=12 \directlua{ function UTF16oct(str) tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377') for c in string.utfvalues(str) do if c < 0x10000 then tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256))) else c = c - 0x10000 local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800 local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00 tex.sprint( string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' .. string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256), math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256))) end end end } \endgroup \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} % Escape PDF strings without converting \begingroup \directlua{ function PDFescstr(str) for c in string.bytes(str) do if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then tex.sprint(-2, string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o', c)) else tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c)) end end end } % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12 % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html % \endgroup \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}} \ifnum\luatexversion>84 % For LuaTeX >= 0.85 \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest} \let\pdfoutput\outputmode \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal} \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog} \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax} \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax} \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline} \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink} \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr} \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj} \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax} \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin} \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin} \fi \fi % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 % can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined. \ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined \else \ifx\pdfoutput\relax \else \ifcase\pdfoutput \else \pdftrue \fi \fi \fi \newif\ifpdforxetex \pdforxetexfalse \ifpdf \pdforxetextrue \fi \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else \pdforxetextrue \fi % Output page labels information. % See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1. \ifpdf \def\pagelabels{% \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}% \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}% \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}% % % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates. % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.) % \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}% \else \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi \fi % \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax \else \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax \fi } \else \let\pagelabels\relax \fi \newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0 \newcount\romancount \romancount=0 \newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0 \ifpdf \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno \def\advancepageno{% \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1 } \fi % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. % % See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and % related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user % to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so % that's what we do. pdftex 1.30.0 (ca.2005) introduced a primitive to % do this reliably, so we use it. % #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements, % which we \xdef. \def\txiescapepdf#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined % No primitive available; should we give a warning or log? % Many times it won't matter. \xdef#1{#1}% \else % The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses, % backslashes, and other special chars. \xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}% \fi } \def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{% \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined % No UTF-16 converting macro available. \txiescapepdf{#1}% \else \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}% \fi } \newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI output) for that.)} \ifpdf % % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex, % except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a % very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use % black by default, though. \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.); % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s). \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\currentcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines} % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% \def\pdfimagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\pdfimageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\pdfimgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}% \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % without \immediate, ancient pdftex seg faults when the same image is % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \immediate\pdfimage \else \immediate\pdfximage \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \pdfimagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \pdfimageheight \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 #1.\pdfimgext \else {#1.\pdfimgext}% \fi \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage \fi} % \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \iftxiuseunicodedestname \ifx \declaredencoding \latone % Pass through Latin-1 characters. % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode. \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight % Pass through Unicode characters. \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \fi \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \ifx \declaredencoding \latone % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for % the "PDFDocEncoding". \passthroughcharstrue % Pass through Latin-1 characters. % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined % For pdfTeX with UTF-8. % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings, % but the code for this isn't done yet. % Use ASCII approximations. \passthroughcharsfalse \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \else % For LuaTeX with UTF-8. % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts. \passthroughcharstrue \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \fi \else % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings. % Use ASCII approximations. \passthroughcharsfalse \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% \fi \fi % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16 % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext }} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{% \setpdfdestname{#1}% \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% } % % used to mark target names; must be expandable. \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} % % by default, use black for everything. \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines % come from Petr Olsak \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax \advance\tempnum by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} % % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. % #4 is the page number % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the % page number. We could generate a destination for the section % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} \setpdfdestname{#3} \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \def\thischapnum{##2}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% \def\thissecnum{##2}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% }% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% }% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% }% \def\thischapnum{0}% \def\thissecnum{0}% \def\thissubsecnum{0}% % % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et % al. a second time, below. \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% \readdatafile{toc}% % % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. % % We use the node names as the destinations. % % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% % % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. % % TODO this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too % much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents % we use for the index sort strings. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink \else \let \startlink \pdfstartlink \fi % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% \endgroup} % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index % entry. \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} \else % non-pdf mode \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble \let\pdfurl = \gobble \let\endlink = \relax \let\setcolor = \gobble \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput % % For XeTeX % \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else % % XeTeX version check % \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1 % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307. % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941). % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010} % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+. % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF. \txiuseunicodedestnametrue \else % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the % `dvipdfmx:config' special. % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement, % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary. % % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue. % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse \fi % % Color support % \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12} \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0} % \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}} % % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly, % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore. \def\setcolor#1{% \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}% \domark \pdfsetcolor{#1}% } % \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack} \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor} \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor} \def\currentcolordefs{} % \def\makefootline{% \baselineskip24pt \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}% } % \def\makeheadline{% \vbox to 0pt{% \vskip-22.5pt \line{% \vbox to8.5pt{}% % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks. \getcolormarks % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color. \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}% }% \vss }% \nointerlineskip } % % PDF outline support % % Emulate pdfTeX primitive \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{% \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}% } % \def\setpdfdestname#1{{% % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. \indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive \iftxiuseunicodedestname % Pass through Unicode characters. \else % Use ASCII approximations in destination names. \passthroughcharsfalse \fi \def\pdfdestname{#1}% \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname }} % \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{% \turnoffactive % Always use Unicode characters in title texts. \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16. % So we do not convert. \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext }} % \def\pdfmkdest#1{% \setpdfdestname{#1}% \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}% } % % by default, use black for everything. \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink} % \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% \setpdfoutlinetext{#1} \setpdfdestname{#3} \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{#4}% \fi % \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }% } % \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% \begingroup % % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary. % Therefore, we read toc only once. % % We use node names as destinations. % % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer. \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}% \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}% % \let\appentry\numchapentry% \let\appsecentry\numsecentry% \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{% \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}% \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry% \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry% \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry% % % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16. % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered. % \indexnofonts \setupdatafile % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike % Texinfo index files. So set that up. \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}% \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}% \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash \input \tocreadfilename \endgroup } {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2 \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]% \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]% ] \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> } % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it. % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315, % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings. % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753). % \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% \advance\filenamelength by 1 \fi \nextsp} \def\getfilename#1{% \filenamelength=0 % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get % snagged on things like "@value{foo}". \edef\temp{#1}% \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax } % make a live url in pdf output. \def\pdfurl#1{% \begingroup % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one % people have actually reported a problem with. % \normalturnoffactive \def\@{@}% \let\/=\empty \makevalueexpandable % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just % special-casing \var here? \def\var##1{##1}% % \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}% \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}% \endgroup} \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}} \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} \def\maketoks{% \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax \ifx\first0\adn0 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 \else \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else \let\next=\maketoks \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} \def\pdflink#1{% \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}% \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink} \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} % % % @image support % % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto). \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{% \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% % % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a % bitmap. \let\xeteximgext=\empty \begingroup \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1 \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1 \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}% \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}% \fi \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}% \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % % Putting an \hbox around the image can prevent an over-long line % after the image. \hbox\bgroup \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}% \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \else \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}% \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \else \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext "" \fi \fi \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax \egroup } \fi % \message{fonts,} % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. % \def\lineskipfactor{.08333} \def\strutheightpercent{.70833} \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} % % can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this. \def\baselinefactor{1} % \newdimen\textleading \def\setleading#1{% \dimen0 = #1\relax \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip \normalbaselines \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip }% } % PDF CMaps. See also LaTeX's t1.cmap. % % do nothing with this by default. \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble \expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble % if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps. % (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run % older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.) \ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\thisisundefined \else \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <23> <26> <0023> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 40 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1IT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1IT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 8 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <25> <26> <0025> <28> <3B> <0028> <3F> <5B> <003F> <5D> <5E> <005D> <61> <7A> <0061> <7B> <7C> <2013> endbfrange 42 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <00660066> <0C> <00660069> <0D> <0066006C> <0E> <006600660069> <0F> <00660066006C> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <21> <0021> <22> <201D> <23> <0023> <24> <00A3> <27> <2019> <3C> <00A1> <3D> <003D> <3E> <00BF> <5C> <201C> <5F> <02D9> <60> <2018> <7D> <02DD> <7E> <007E> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% % % \cmapOT1TT \begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char. \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap %%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit) %%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0) %%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0) %%Version: 1.000 %%EndComments /CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin 12 dict begin begincmap /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (TeX) /Ordering (OT1TT) /Supplement 0 >> def /CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def /CMapType 2 def 1 begincodespacerange <00> <7F> endcodespacerange 5 beginbfrange <00> <01> <0393> <09> <0A> <03A8> <21> <26> <0021> <28> <5F> <0028> <61> <7E> <0061> endbfrange 32 beginbfchar <02> <0398> <03> <039B> <04> <039E> <05> <03A0> <06> <03A3> <07> <03D2> <08> <03A6> <0B> <2191> <0C> <2193> <0D> <0027> <0E> <00A1> <0F> <00BF> <10> <0131> <11> <0237> <12> <0060> <13> <00B4> <14> <02C7> <15> <02D8> <16> <00AF> <17> <02DA> <18> <00B8> <19> <00DF> <1A> <00E6> <1B> <0153> <1C> <00F8> <1D> <00C6> <1E> <0152> <1F> <00D8> <20> <2423> <27> <2019> <60> <2018> <7F> <00A8> endbfchar endcmap CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop end end %%EndResource %%EOF }\endgroup \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{% \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% }% \fi\fi % Set the font macro #1 to the font named \fontprefix#2. % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap % encoding (only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, or empty to omit). % Example: % #1 = \textrm % #2 = \rmshape % #3 = 10 % #4 = \mainmagstep % #5 = OT1 % \def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{% \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4 \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1% } % This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty. \let\cmap\gobble % % (end of cmaps) % Use cm as the default font prefix. % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix % before you read in texinfo.tex. \ifx\fontprefix\thisisundefined \def\fontprefix{cm} \fi % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. \def\rmshape{r} \def\rmbshape{bx} % where the normal face is bold \def\bfshape{b} \def\bxshape{bx} \def\ttshape{tt} \def\ttbshape{tt} \def\ttslshape{sltt} \def\itshape{ti} \def\itbshape{bxti} \def\slshape{sl} \def\slbshape{bxsl} \def\sfshape{ss} \def\sfbshape{ss} \def\scshape{csc} \def\scbshape{csc} % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. (The default in Texinfo.) % \def\definetextfontsizexi{% % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). \def\textnominalsize{11pt} \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1095} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). \def\sevennominalsize{7pt} \setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \font\seveni=cmmi7 \font\sevensy=cmsy7 \def\sevenecsize{0700} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). \def\chapnominalsize{17pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1} \let\chapbf=\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 \def\chapecsize{1728} % Section fonts (14.4pt). \def\secnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\sececsize{1440} % Subsection fonts (13.15pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 \def\ssececsize{1200} % Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt). \def\reducednominalsize{10pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi10 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10 \def\reducedecsize{1000} \textleading = 13.2pt % line spacing for 11pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 11pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizexi % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt. % \def\definetextfontsizex{% % Text fonts (10pt). \def\textnominalsize{10pt} \edef\mainmagstep{1000} \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT} \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1} \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT} \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep \def\textecsize{1000} % A few fonts for @defun names and args. \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1} \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT} \def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf \let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf} % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). \def\smallnominalsize{9pt} \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\smalli=cmmi9 \font\smallsy=cmsy9 \def\smallecsize{0900} % Fonts for small examples (8pt). \def\smallernominalsize{8pt} \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1} \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT} \font\smalleri=cmmi8 \font\smallersy=cmsy8 \def\smallerecsize{0800} % Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt). \def\sevennominalsize{7pt} \setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1} \setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT} \font\seveni=cmmi7 \font\sevensy=cmsy7 \def\sevenecsize{0700} % Fonts for title page (20.4pt): \def\titlenominalsize{20pt} \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1} \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT} \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT} \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\titlebf=\titlerm \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1} \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 \def\titleecsize{2074} % Chapter fonts (14.4pt). \def\chapnominalsize{14pt} \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT} \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT} \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1} \let\chapbf\chaprm \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1} \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 \def\chapecsize{1440} % Section fonts (12pt). \def\secnominalsize{12pt} \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT} \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT} \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \let\secbf\secrm \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} \font\seci=cmmi12 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 \def\sececsize{1200} % Subsection fonts (10pt). \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt} \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \let\ssecbf\ssecrm \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1} \font\sseci=cmmi10 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 \def\ssececsize{1000} % Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt). \def\reducednominalsize{9pt} \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT} \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT} \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1} \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT} \font\reducedi=cmmi9 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9 \def\reducedecsize{0900} \divide\parskip by 2 % reduce space between paragraphs \textleading = 12pt % line spacing for 10pt CM \textfonts % reset the current fonts \rm } % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex % Fonts for short table of contents. \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1} \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT} % We provide the user-level command % @fonttextsize 10 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed. % \def\xiword{11} \def\xword{10} \def\xwordpt{10pt} % \parseargdef\fonttextsize{% \def\textsizearg{#1}% %\wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}% % % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless. % \begingroup \globaldefs=1 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi \else \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'} \fi\fi \endgroup } % % Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. % For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in % italics, not bold italics. % \def\setfontstyle#1{% \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font } \def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} \def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} \def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt} % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. % So we set up a \sf. \newfam\sffam \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} % We don't need math for this font style. \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. % We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need. % \def\resetmathfonts{% \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont % % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless % of the current font size. \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf } % % The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings % of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs % to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) % commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font. % % The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics % in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only. % % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) % and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used % in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. % % This all needs generalizing, badly. % \def\assignfonts#1{% \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname } \newif\ifrmisbold % Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size % in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for % normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size. \def\switchtolllsize{% \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}% \ifrmisbold \let\rmfont\bffont \fi \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname }% \def\switchtolsize{% \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}% \ifrmisbold \let\rmfont\bffont \fi \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname }% \def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{% \expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{% \def\curfontsize{#1}% \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}% \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname \assignfonts{#1}% \resetmathfonts \setleading{#4}% }} \definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false} \definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true} \definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false} \definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false} \definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false} \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} \let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts \let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts % Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts. \def\angleleft{$\langle$} \def\angleright{$\rangle$} % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample % can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 % If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. % % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 % --karl, 24jan03. % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % \definetextfontsizexi % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have % this property, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } { \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \gdef\setcodequotes{\let`\codequoteleft \let'\codequoteright} \gdef\setregularquotes{\let`\lq \let'\rq} } % Allow an option to not use regular directed right quote/apostrophe % (char 0x27), but instead the undirected quote from cmtt (char 0x0d). % The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it the default, but it % works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least evince), the % lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27. % \def\codequoteright{% \ifmonospace \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax '% \else \char'15 \fi \else \char'15 \fi \else '% \fi } % % and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent. % Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like % the code environments to do likewise. % \def\codequoteleft{% \ifmonospace \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \relax`% \else \char'22 \fi \else \char'22 \fi \else \relax`% \fi } % Commands to set the quote options. % \parseargdef\codequoteundirected{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequoteundirected value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % \parseargdef\codequotebacktick{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = t% \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @codequotebacktick value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391, disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font. \def\noligaturesquoteleft{\relax\lq} % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 % Font commands. % #1 is the font command (\sl or \it), #2 is the text to slant. % If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl, % and 2) do not add an italic correction. \def\dosmartslant#1#2{% \ifusingtt {{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}% {\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}% \next } \def\smartslanted{\dosmartslant\sl} \def\smartitalic{\dosmartslant\it} % Output an italic correction unless \next (presumed to be the following % character) is such as not to need one. \def\smartitaliccorrection{% \ifx\next,% \else\ifx\next-% \else\ifx\next.% \else\ifx\next\.% \else\ifx\next\comma% \else\ptexslash \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \aftersmartic } % Unconditional use \ttsl, and no ic. @var is set to this for defuns. \def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}} % @cite is like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want % ttsl for book titles, do we? \def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection} \def\aftersmartic{} \def\var#1{% \let\saveaftersmartic = \aftersmartic \def\aftersmartic{\null\let\aftersmartic=\saveaftersmartic}% \smartslanted{#1}% } \let\i=\smartitalic \let\slanted=\smartslanted \let\dfn=\smartslanted \let\emph=\smartitalic % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font % @b, explicit bold. Also @strong. \def\b#1{{\bf #1}} \let\strong=\b % @sansserif, explicit sans. \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. % \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. % \catcode`@=11 \def\plainfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends } \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends } \catcode`@=\other \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default % @t, explicit typewriter. \def\t#1{% {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}% \null } % @samp. \def\samp#1{{\setcodequotes\lq\tclose{#1}\rq\null}} % @indicateurl is \samp, that is, with quotes. \let\indicateurl=\samp % @code (and similar) prints in typewriter, but with spaces the same % size as normal in the surrounding text, without hyphenation, etc. % This is a subroutine for that. \def\tclose#1{% {% % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font % % Switch to typewriter. \tt % % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% % % Turn off hyphenation. \nohyphenation % \plainfrenchspacing #1% }% \null % reset spacefactor to 1000 } % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. % (But see \codedashfinish below.) % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. % % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms. { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active \global\let'=\rq \global\let`=\lq % default definitions % \global\def\code{\begingroup \setcodequotes \catcode\dashChar=\active \catcode\underChar=\active \ifallowcodebreaks \let-\codedash \let_\codeunder \else \let-\normaldash \let_\realunder \fi % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break % after the hyphen. \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash % \codex } % \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish} \gdef\codedashfinish{% \normaldash % always output the dash character itself. % % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless % (a) the next character is a -, or % (b) the preceding character is a -. % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -. % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b. \ifx\next\codedash \else \ifx\codedashprev\codedash \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi \fi % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}. \global\let\codedashprev= \next } } \def\normaldash{-} % \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} \def\codeunder{% % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. \ifusingtt{\ifmmode \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. \else\normalunderscore \fi \discretionary{}{}{}}% {\_}% } % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is bad. % @allowcodebreaks provides a document-level way to turn breaking at - % and _ on and off. % \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue \def\keywordtrue{true} \def\keywordfalse{false} \parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue \allowcodebreakstrue \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse \allowcodebreaksfalse \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg', must be true|false}% \fi\fi } % For @command, @env, @file, @option quotes seem unnecessary, % so use \code rather than \samp. \let\command=\code \let\env=\code \let\file=\code \let\option=\code % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional % (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and % an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in % addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. % TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second % arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target). \newif\ifurefurlonlylink % The default \pretolerance setting stops the penalty inserted in % \urefallowbreak being a discouragement to line breaking. Set it to % a negative value for this paragraph only. Hopefully this does not % conflict with redefinitions of \par done elsewhere. \def\nopretolerance{% \pretolerance=-1 \def\par{\endgraf\pretolerance=100 \let\par\endgraf}% } % The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected % places within the url. \def\urefbreak{\nopretolerance \begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak} \let\uref=\urefbreak % \def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish} \def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example \unsepspaces \pdfurl{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX \ifurefurlonlylink % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg \unhbox0 \else % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% \fi \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url \else % For XeTeX \ifurefurlonlylink % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg \unhbox0 \else % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency, % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc. \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% \fi \fi \fi \else \urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it \fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only). \def\urefcatcodes{% \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active \catcode`\/=\active } { \urefcatcodes % \global\def\urefcode{\begingroup \setcodequotes \urefcatcodes \let&\urefcodeamp \let.\urefcodedot \let#\urefcodehash \let?\urefcodequest \let/\urefcodeslash \codex } % % By default, they are just regular characters. \global\def&{\normalamp} \global\def.{\normaldot} \global\def#{\normalhash} \global\def?{\normalquest} \global\def/{\normalslash} } \def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak} \def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish} { \catcode`\/=\active \global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{% \urefprebreak \slashChar % Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of % slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://. \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi } } % By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to % break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at % all, for manual control. % \parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\wordnone \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak} \else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak} \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\wordafter{after} \def\wordbefore{before} \def\wordnone{none} % Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can % be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in % the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty with extra glue added % at the end of the line, or no break at all here. % Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how % preferable one choice is over the other. \def\urefallowbreak{% \penalty0\relax \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax \penalty1000\relax \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax } \urefbreakstyle after % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. % \let\url=\uref % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. % %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} \ifpdforxetex \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup \unsepspaces \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi \endlink \endgroup} \else \let\email=\uref \fi % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). \parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% \def\txiarg{#1}% \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle setting `\txiarg'}% \fi\fi\fi } \def\worddistinct{distinct} \def\wordexample{example} \def\wordcode{code} % Default is `distinct'. \kbdinputstyle distinct % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, % then @kbd has no effect. \def\kbd#1{{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdsub\look??\par}} \def\xkey{\key} \def\kbdsub#1#2#3\par{% \def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\setcodequotes\look}}\fi } % definition of @key that produces a lozenge. Doesn't adjust to text size. %\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1} %\font\keysy=cmsy9 %\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% % \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% % \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt % \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% % \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% % \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} % definition of @key with no lozenge. If the current font is already % monospace, don't change it; that way, we respect @kbdinputstyle. But % if it isn't monospace, then use \tt. % \def\key#1{{\setregularquotes \nohyphenation \ifmonospace\else\tt\fi #1}\null} % @clicksequence{File @click{} Open ...} \def\clicksequence#1{\begingroup #1\endgroup} % @clickstyle @arrow (by default) \parseargdef\clickstyle{\def\click{#1}} \def\click{\arrow} % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. % \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for % all-uppercase. % \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\switchtolsize #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. % \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% \def\temp{#2}% \ifx\temp\empty \else \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% \fi \null % reset \spacefactor=1000 } % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % \def\asis#1{#1} % @math outputs its argument in math mode. % % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make % _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, % which is what @var uses. { \catcode`\_ = \active \gdef\mathunderscore{% \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% } } % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a math (or tt) \. % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (for no % particular reason), but this is not advertised and we don't care. % % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} % \def\math{% \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already \tex \mathunderscore \let\\ = \mathbackslash \mathactive % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode \let\"=\ddot \let\'=\acute \let\==\bar \let\^=\hat \let\`=\grave \let\u=\breve \let\v=\check \let\~=\tilde \let\dotaccent=\dot % have to provide another name for sup operator \let\mathopsup=\sup $\expandafter\finishmath\fi } \def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument % to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). % { \catcode`^ = \active \catcode`< = \active \catcode`> = \active \catcode`+ = \active \catcode`' = \active \gdef\mathactive{% \let^ = \ptexhat \let< = \ptexless \let> = \ptexgtr \let+ = \ptexplus \let' = \ptexquoteright } } % for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript. % If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch % into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the % one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not % fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices. % \def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi} \def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% % \def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi} \def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}% % provide this command from LaTeX as it is very common \def\frac#1#2{{{#1}\over{#2}}} % @displaymath. % \globaldefs is needed to recognize the end lines in \tex and % \end tex. Set \thisenv as @end displaymath is seen before @end tex. {\obeylines \globaldefs=1 \envdef\displaymath{% \tex% \def\thisenv{\displaymath}% \begingroup\let\end\displaymathend% $$% } \def\displaymathend{$$\endgroup\end}% \def\Edisplaymath{% \def\thisenv{\tex}% \end tex }} % @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}. % Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex, % except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about. % \def\outfmtnametex{tex} % \long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmt#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi } % % @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if % FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT. \long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish} \long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{% \def\inlinefmtname{#1}% \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi } % % For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid % setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for % example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being % ignored. But this isn't important because if people want a literal % *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as % well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the % delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill. % \long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw} \long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish} \def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinerawname{#1}% \ifx\inlinerawname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi \endgroup % close group opened by \tex. } % @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set. % \long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinevarname{#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \else\ignorespaces#2\fi } % @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set. % \long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish} \long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{% \def\inlinevarname{#1}% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi } \message{glyphs,} % and logos. % @@ prints an @, as does @atchar{}. \def\@{\char64 } \let\atchar=\@ % @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters. \def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}} \def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}} \let\{=\lbracechar \let\}=\rbracechar % @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. \let\comma = , % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. \let\, = \ptexc \let\dotaccent = \ptexdot \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} \let\tieaccent = \ptext \let\ubaraccent = \ptexb \let\udotaccent = \d % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. \def\questiondown{?`} \def\exclamdown{!`} \def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}} \def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}} % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. \def\imacro{i} \def\jmacro{j} \def\dotless#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\imacro \ifmmode\imath \else\ptexi \fi \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \ifmmode\jmath \else\j \fi \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% \fi\fi } % The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a % period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) % \edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } % @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in % latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most % convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using % the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and % \scriptscriptstyle). % \def\LaTeX{% L\kern-.36em {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{% \ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX. % Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt. \count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$% \else % For 11pt, we can use our lllsize. \switchtolllsize A% \fi }% \vss }}% \kern-.15em \TeX } % Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode % unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here, % but safer, and can't hurt. \def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi} \def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$} % \def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet} \def\geq{\ensuremath\ge} \def\leq{\ensuremath\le} \def\minus{\ensuremath-} % @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm % typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand, % in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do % whichever is larger. % \def\dots{% \leavevmode \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em \dimen0 = \wd0 \else \dimen0 = 1.5em \fi \hbox to \dimen0{% \hskip 0pt plus.25fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus1fil .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil }% } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. % \def\enddots{% \dots \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor } % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. % % Since these characters are used in examples, they should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. % \def\point{$\star$} \def\arrow{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.05ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} \def\expansion{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} \def\equiv{\leavevmode\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} % The @error{} command. % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. % \newbox\errorbox % {\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt} % \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. \vbox{% \hrule height\dimen2 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. \hrule height\dimen2} \hfil} % \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. % \def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi} % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. % % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular % font height. % % feymr - regular % feymo - slanted % feybr - bold % feybo - bold slanted % % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. % Hmm. % % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? % Hope not. % % \def\euro{{\eurofont e}} \def\eurofont{% % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the % font installed. % % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale % that to the current nominal size. % % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. % \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% % \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize \else % regular: \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize \fi \thiseurofont } % Glyphs from the EC fonts. We don't use \let for the aliases, because % sometimes we redefine the original macro, and the alias should reflect % the redefinition. % % Use LaTeX names for the Icelandic letters. \def\DH{{\ecfont \char"D0}} % Eth \def\dh{{\ecfont \char"F0}} % eth \def\TH{{\ecfont \char"DE}} % Thorn \def\th{{\ecfont \char"FE}} % thorn % \def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}} \def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft} \def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}} \def\guillemotright{\guillemetright} \def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}} \def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}} \def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}} \def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}} % % This positioning is not perfect (see the ogonek LaTeX package), but % we have the precomposed glyphs for the most common cases. We put the % tests to use those glyphs in the single \ogonek macro so we have fewer % dummy definitions to worry about for index entries, etc. % % ogonek is also used with other letters in Lithuanian (IOU), but using % the precomposed glyphs for those is not so easy since they aren't in % the same EC font. \def\ogonek#1{{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\macrocharA\Aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochara\aogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrocharE\Eogonek \else\ifx\temp\macrochare\eogonek \else \ecfont \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% \ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent"0C #1% \else\ooalign{\unhbox0\crcr\hidewidth\char"0C \hidewidth}% \fi \fi\fi\fi\fi }% } \def\Aogonek{{\ecfont \char"81}}\def\macrocharA{A} \def\aogonek{{\ecfont \char"A1}}\def\macrochara{a} \def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E} \def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e} % % Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format) % for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text % companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec % package and follow the same conventions. % \def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}} \def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}} % \def\etcfont#1{% % We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so % hopefully nobody will notice/care. \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}% \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% \ifmonospace % typewriter: \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename % bold: \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \else % regular: \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize \fi \fi \thisecfont } % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. % \def\registeredsymbol{% $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}% \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% }$% } % @textdegree - the normal degrees sign. % \def\textdegree{$^\circ$} % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 % so we'll define it if necessary. % \ifx\Orb\thisisundefined \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} \fi % Quotes. \chardef\quoteleft=`\` \chardef\quoteright=`\' % only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using % \ecfont unless necessary. \def\quotedblleft{% \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi } \def\quotedblright{% \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi } \message{page headings,} \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. \newif\ifseenauthor \newif\iffinishedtitlepage % @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or % @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete. \def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{% \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo command; move your @contents command if you want the contents after the title page.}}% \def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{% \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you want the contents after the title page.}}% \parseargdef\shorttitlepage{% \begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} \envdef\titlepage{% % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. \begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts % Leave some space at the very top of the page. \vglue\titlepagetopglue % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. \finishedtitlepagetrue % % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. \let\oldpage = \page \def\page{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi \let\page = \oldpage \page \null }% } \def\Etitlepage{% \iffinishedtitlepage\else \finishtitlepage \fi % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. \oldpage \endgroup % % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. \HEADINGSon } \def\finishtitlepage{% \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize \vskip\titlepagebottomglue \finishedtitlepagetrue } % Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation, % don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used % inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should % be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group. % \def\raggedtitlesettings{% \rm \hyphenpenalty=10000 \parindent=0pt \tolerance=5000 \ptexraggedright } % Macros to be used within @titlepage: \let\subtitlerm=\rmfont \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} \parseargdef\title{% \checkenv\titlepage \vbox{\titlefonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% % print a rule at the page bottom also. \finishedtitlepagefalse \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt } \parseargdef\subtitle{% \checkenv\titlepage {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% } % @author should come last, but may come many times. % It can also be used inside @quotation. % \parseargdef\author{% \def\temp{\quotation}% \ifx\thisenv\temp \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. \else \checkenv\titlepage \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}% \fi } % Set up page headings and footings. \let\thispage=\folio \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages \newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter \newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages % Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifchapterpage \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi \else \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi \fi}} \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} \let\HEADINGShook=\relax % Commands to set those variables. % For example, this is what @headings on does % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle % @evenfooting @thisfile|| % @oddfooting ||@thisfile \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline} \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline} \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} \def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} \def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} \def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% % % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt \global\advance\vsize by -12pt } \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} % @evenheadingmarks top \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page % @evenheadingmarks bottom \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page % % The same set of arguments for: % % @oddheadingmarks % @evenfootingmarks % @oddfootingmarks % @everyheadingmarks % @everyfootingmarks % These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks, % \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of % \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks. % \def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}} \def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}} \def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}} \def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}} \parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} } \parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1} \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} } % #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom. \def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {% \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp } \everyheadingmarks bottom \everyfootingmarks bottom % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. % @headings off turns them off. % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. % By default, they are off at the start of a document, % and turned `on' after @end titlepage. \parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} \def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}% \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}% } \def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting \HEADINGSoff % it's the default % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. \def\pageone{ \global\pageno=1 \global\arabiccount = \pagecount } % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top % edge of all pages. \def\HEADINGSdouble{% \pageone \HEADINGSdoublex } \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, % page number on top right. \def\HEADINGSsingle{% \pageone \HEADINGSsinglex } \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter \def\HEADINGSdoublex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}} \global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage } \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} \def\HEADINGSsinglex{% \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}} \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % for @setchapternewpage off \def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{% \pageone \global\evenfootline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil} \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager } % Subroutines used in generating headings % This produces Day Month Year style of output. % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). \ifx\today\thisisundefined \def\today{% \number\day\space \ifcase\month \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec \fi \space\number\year} \fi % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. % It generates no output of its own. \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} \message{tables,} % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). % default indentation of table text \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in % margin between end of table item and start of table text. \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin \newdimen\itemmax % Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with % these defs. % They also define \itemindex % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % \advance\hsize by -\rightskip \advance\hsize by -\tableindent \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% \itemindex{#1}% \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. % % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax % % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, % but leave it ragged-right. \begingroup \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent \advance\hsize by\tableindent \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil\relax \leavevmode\unhbox0\par \endgroup % % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. \nobreak \vskip-\parskip % % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. % \penalty 10001 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and % eventually be printed. \nobreak\kern-\tableindent \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \unhbox0 \nobreak\kern\dimen0 \endgroup \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue \fi } \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} % @table, @ftable, @vtable. \envdef\table{% \let\itemindex\gobble \tablecheck{table}% } \envdef\ftable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{ftable}% } \envdef\vtable{% \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% \tablecheck{vtable}% } \def\tablecheck#1{% \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active \endgroup \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% \else \let\next\tablex \fi \next } \def\tablex#1{% \def\itemindicate{#1}% \parsearg\tabley } \def\tabley#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% \expandafter }\temp \endtablez } \def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% \aboveenvbreak \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi \itemmax=\tableindent \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance \leftskip by \tableindent \exdentamount=\tableindent \parindent = 0pt \parskip = \smallskipamount \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi \let\item = \internalBitem \let\itemx = \internalBitemx } \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} \let\Eftable\Etable \let\Evtable\Etable \let\Eitemize\Etable \let\Eenumerate\Etable % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize \newcount \itemno \envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} \def\doitemize#1{% \aboveenvbreak \itemmax=\itemindent \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin \advance\leftskip by \itemindent \exdentamount=\itemindent \parindent=0pt \parskip=\smallskipamount \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi % % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says % something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error % right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the % world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if % the user wants an empty mark, they have to say @w{} not just @w. \def\itemcontents{#1}% \setbox0 = \hbox{\itemcontents}% % % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi % \let\item=\itemizeitem } % Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. % \def\itemizeitem{% \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break {% % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least % that's the theory. \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi \noindent \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% % \ifinner\else \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item. \fi % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an % @itemize looks awful there. }% \flushcr } % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. % \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No % argument is the same as `1'. % \envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. \def\thearg{#1}% \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi % % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark \ifx\rest\empty % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and % not equal to itself. % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. % % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from % continuing to look for a . % \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) \else % It's a letter. \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter \else \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter \fi \fi \else % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. \numericenumerate \fi } % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is % given in \thearg. % \def\numericenumerate{% \itemno = \thearg \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% } % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\lowercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet}% \fi \char\lccode\itemno }% } % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. \def\uppercaseenumerate{% \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg \startenumeration{% % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. \ifnum\itemno=0 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger alphabet} \fi \char\uccode\itemno }% } % Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. % \def\startenumeration#1{% \advance\itemno by -1 \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr } % @multitable macros % Macros used to set up halign preamble: % \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} \newif\ifsetpercent % #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might % be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. % \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% \setuptable } \newcount\colcount \def\setuptable#1{% \def\firstarg{#1}% \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable \let\go = \relax \else \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions \global\setpercenttrue \else \ifsetpercent \let\go\pickupwholefraction \else \global\advance\colcount by 1 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% \fi \fi \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% \else \let\go = \setuptable \fi% \fi \go } % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments % have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an % alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to % undo it ourselves. \def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable \def\headitem{% \checkenv\multitable \crcr \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings \global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs \the\everytab % for the first item }% % % default for tables with no headings. \let\headitemcrhook=\relax % \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. % \envdef\multitable{% \vskip\parskip \startsavinginserts % % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. \def\item{\crcr}% % \tolerance=9500 \hbadness=9500 \parskip=0pt \parindent=6pt \overfullrule=0pt \global\colcount=0 % \everycr = {% \noalign{% \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem. \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. % % Check for saved footnotes, etc.: \checkinserts % % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset: \headitemcrhook \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax }% }% % \parsearg\domultitable } \def\domultitable#1{% % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable % % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will % be used as many times as user calls for columns. % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and % continue for many paragraphs if desired. \halign\bgroup &% \global\advance\colcount by 1 \strut \vtop{% \advance\hsize by -1\leftskip % Find the correct column width \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname % \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 \advance\hsize by\leftskip % Add indent of surrounding text \else % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other. \leftskip=12pt \ifsetpercent \else % If a template has been used \advance\hsize by \leftskip \fi \fi \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\strut }\cr } \def\Emultitable{% \crcr \egroup % end the \halign \global\setpercentfalse } \message{conditionals,} % @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't % attempt to close an environment group. % \def\makecond#1{% \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 } \makecond{iftex} \makecond{ifnotdocbook} \makecond{ifnothtml} \makecond{ifnotinfo} \makecond{ifnotplaintext} \makecond{ifnotxml} % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. % \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} \def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} \def\html{\doignore{html}} \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} \def\menu{\doignore{menu}} \def\xml{\doignore{xml}} % Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. % % A count to remember the depth of nesting. \newcount\doignorecount \def\doignore#1{\begingroup % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: \obeylines \catcode`\@ = \other \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other % % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. \spaceisspace % % Count number of #1's that we've seen. \doignorecount = 0 % % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. \dodoignore{#1}% } { \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. \obeylines % % \gdef\dodoignore#1{% % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. % % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'. \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{% \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% % % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% % % And now expand that command. \doignoretext ^^M% }% } \def\doignoreyyy#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. \let\next\doignoretextzzz \else % Found a nested condition, ... \advance\doignorecount by 1 \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). \fi \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. } % We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". % \def\doignoretextzzz#1{% \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. \let\next\enddoignore \else % Still inside a nested condition. \advance\doignorecount by -1 \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. \fi \next } % Finish off ignored text. { \obeylines% % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional % would result in a blank line in the output. \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% } % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. % % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we % didn't need it. % We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. % \parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% {% \makevalueexpandable \def\temp{#2}% \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% \ifx\temp\empty \next{}% \else \setzzz#2\endsetzzz \fi }% } % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. \def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. % \parseargdef\clear{% {% \makevalueexpandable \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax }% } % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} { \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active % \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% \let\value = \expandablevalue % We don't want these characters active, ... \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. % So \let them to their normal equivalents. \let-\normaldash \let_\normalunderscore } } \def\expandablevalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax {[No value for ``#1'']}% \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the % definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when % writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does. % If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it % will be set by the time it is read back in. % % NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here. \def\dummyvalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax \string\value{#1}% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value % if possible, otherwise sort late. \def\indexnofontsvalue#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax ZZZZZZZ% \else \csname SET#1\endcsname \fi } % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined % with @set. % % To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call % \makecond and then redefine. % \makecond{ifset} \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} \def\doifset#1#2{% {% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax #1% If not set, redefine \next. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} % @ifclear VAR ... @end executes the `...' iff VAR has never been % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. % % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the % above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, % then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. % \makecond{ifclear} \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} % @ifcommandisdefined CMD ... @end executes the `...' if CMD (written % without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the % TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered % defined even though it is not a Texinfo command. % \makecond{ifcommanddefined} \def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}} % \def\doifcmddefined#1#2{{% \makevalueexpandable \let\next=\empty \expandafter\ifx\csname #2\endcsname\relax #1% If not defined, \let\next as above. \fi \expandafter }\next } \def\ifcmddefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommanddefined}} % @ifcommandnotdefined CMD ... handled similar to @ifclear above. \makecond{ifcommandnotdefined} \def\ifcommandnotdefined{% \parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\else \let\next=\ifcmdnotdefinedfail}}} \def\ifcmdnotdefinedfail{\doignore{ifcommandnotdefined}} % Set the `txicommandconditionals' variable, so documents have a way to % test if the @ifcommand...defined conditionals are available. \set txicommandconditionals % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. \let\dircategory=\comment % @defininfoenclose. \let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} % Index generation facilities % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} % \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX. % It automatically defines \IXindex such that % \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX. % It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX. % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long % for the sake of vms. % \def\newindex#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index \noexpand\doindex{#1}} } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} % \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. % \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % \def\newcodeindex#1{% \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } % The default indices: \newindex{cp}% concepts, \newcodeindex{fn}% functions, \newcodeindex{vr}% variables, \newcodeindex{tp}% types, \newcodeindex{ky}% keys \newcodeindex{pg}% and programs. % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. % % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. % \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), % #3 the target index (bar). \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% \requireopenindexfile{#3}% % redefine \fooindfile: \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp % redefine \fooindex: \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros. % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, % and it is the two-letter name of the index. \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx} \def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx} \def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}} % Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo % commands. % \def\atdummies{% \definedummyletter\@% \definedummyletter\ % \definedummyletter\{% \definedummyletter\}% \definedummyletter\&% % % Do the redefinitions. \definedummies \otherbackslash } % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words, % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word % from whatever follows. % % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). % % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the % space. % \def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}% \def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}% \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter % Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands. % \def\definedummies{% % \let\commondummyword\definedummyword \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent \commondummiesnofonts % \definedummyletter\_% \definedummyletter\-% % % Non-English letters. \definedummyword\AA \definedummyword\AE \definedummyword\DH \definedummyword\L \definedummyword\O \definedummyword\OE \definedummyword\TH \definedummyword\aa \definedummyword\ae \definedummyword\dh \definedummyword\exclamdown \definedummyword\l \definedummyword\o \definedummyword\oe \definedummyword\ordf \definedummyword\ordm \definedummyword\questiondown \definedummyword\ss \definedummyword\th % % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. \definedummyword\bf \definedummyword\gtr \definedummyword\hat \definedummyword\less \definedummyword\sf \definedummyword\sl \definedummyword\tclose \definedummyword\tt % \definedummyword\LaTeX \definedummyword\TeX % % Assorted special characters. \definedummyword\ampchar \definedummyword\atchar \definedummyword\arrow \definedummyword\backslashchar \definedummyword\bullet \definedummyword\comma \definedummyword\copyright \definedummyword\registeredsymbol \definedummyword\dots \definedummyword\enddots \definedummyword\entrybreak \definedummyword\equiv \definedummyword\error \definedummyword\euro \definedummyword\expansion \definedummyword\geq \definedummyword\guillemetleft \definedummyword\guillemetright \definedummyword\guilsinglleft \definedummyword\guilsinglright \definedummyword\lbracechar \definedummyword\leq \definedummyword\mathopsup \definedummyword\minus \definedummyword\ogonek \definedummyword\pounds \definedummyword\point \definedummyword\print \definedummyword\quotedblbase \definedummyword\quotedblleft \definedummyword\quotedblright \definedummyword\quoteleft \definedummyword\quoteright \definedummyword\quotesinglbase \definedummyword\rbracechar \definedummyword\result \definedummyword\sub \definedummyword\sup \definedummyword\textdegree % \definedummyword\subentry % % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. \macrolist \let\value\dummyvalue % \normalturnoffactive } % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts. % Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before % using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters. % \def\commondummiesnofonts{% % Control letters and accents. \commondummyletter\!% \commondummyaccent\"% \commondummyaccent\'% \commondummyletter\*% \commondummyaccent\,% \commondummyletter\.% \commondummyletter\/% \commondummyletter\:% \commondummyaccent\=% \commondummyletter\?% \commondummyaccent\^% \commondummyaccent\`% \commondummyaccent\~% \commondummyword\u \commondummyword\v \commondummyword\H \commondummyword\dotaccent \commondummyword\ogonek \commondummyword\ringaccent \commondummyword\tieaccent \commondummyword\ubaraccent \commondummyword\udotaccent \commondummyword\dotless % % Texinfo font commands. \commondummyword\b \commondummyword\i \commondummyword\r \commondummyword\sansserif \commondummyword\sc \commondummyword\slanted \commondummyword\t % % Commands that take arguments. \commondummyword\abbr \commondummyword\acronym \commondummyword\anchor \commondummyword\cite \commondummyword\code \commondummyword\command \commondummyword\dfn \commondummyword\dmn \commondummyword\email \commondummyword\emph \commondummyword\env \commondummyword\file \commondummyword\image \commondummyword\indicateurl \commondummyword\inforef \commondummyword\kbd \commondummyword\key \commondummyword\math \commondummyword\option \commondummyword\pxref \commondummyword\ref \commondummyword\samp \commondummyword\strong \commondummyword\tie \commondummyword\U \commondummyword\uref \commondummyword\url \commondummyword\var \commondummyword\verb \commondummyword\w \commondummyword\xref } \let\indexlbrace\relax \let\indexrbrace\relax \let\indexatchar\relax \let\indexbackslash\relax {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}} } { \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\`=13 \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term. % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.) \let`=\empty \fi % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else \backslashdisappear \fi % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else \def-{}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else \def<{}% \fi \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else \def\@{}% \fi } \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{% \let-\normaldash \let<\normalless } } % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string % would be for a given command (usually its argument). % \def\indexnofonts{% % Accent commands should become @asis. \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% % We can just ignore other control letters. \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% % All control words become @asis by default; overrides below. \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent \commondummiesnofonts % % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. %\let\tt=\asis % \def\ { }% \def\@{@}% \def\_{\normalunderscore}% \def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting % \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}% \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}% \let\lbracechar\{% \let\rbracechar\}% % % Non-English letters. \def\AA{AA}% \def\AE{AE}% \def\DH{DZZ}% \def\L{L}% \def\OE{OE}% \def\O{O}% \def\TH{TH}% \def\aa{aa}% \def\ae{ae}% \def\dh{dzz}% \def\exclamdown{!}% \def\l{l}% \def\oe{oe}% \def\ordf{a}% \def\ordm{o}% \def\o{o}% \def\questiondown{?}% \def\ss{ss}% \def\th{th}% % \let\do\indexnofontsdef % \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}% \do\TeX{TeX}% % % Assorted special characters. \do\atchar{@}% \do\arrow{->}% \do\bullet{bullet}% \do\comma{,}% \do\copyright{copyright}% \do\dots{...}% \do\enddots{...}% \do\equiv{==}% \do\error{error}% \do\euro{euro}% \do\expansion{==>}% \do\geq{>=}% \do\guillemetleft{<<}% \do\guillemetright{>>}% \do\guilsinglleft{<}% \do\guilsinglright{>}% \do\leq{<=}% \do\lbracechar{\{}% \do\minus{-}% \do\point{.}% \do\pounds{pounds}% \do\print{-|}% \do\quotedblbase{"}% \do\quotedblleft{"}% \do\quotedblright{"}% \do\quoteleft{`}% \do\quoteright{'}% \do\quotesinglbase{,}% \do\rbracechar{\}}% \do\registeredsymbol{R}% \do\result{=>}% \do\textdegree{o}% % % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry % that starts with \. % % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that % goes to end-of-line is not handled. % \macrolist \let\value\indexnofontsvalue } % Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows % its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA \def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}% % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. \def\doind#1#2{% \iflinks {% % \requireopenindexfile{#1}% \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \def\indextext{#2}% \safewhatsit\doindwrite }% \fi } % Same as \doind, but for code indices \def\docind#1#2{% \iflinks {% % \requireopenindexfile{#1}% \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% % \def\indextext{#2}% \safewhatsit\docindwrite }% \fi } % Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it. \def\requireopenindexfile#1{% \ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \edef\suffix{#1}% % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead. \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi % Open the file \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for % preceding skips. \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}% \fi} \def\indexisfl{fl} % Definition for writing index entry sort key. { \catcode`\-=13 \gdef\indexwritesortas{% \begingroup \indexnonalnumreappear \indexwritesortasxxx} \gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{% \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup} } \def\indexwriteseealso#1{ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}% } \def\indexwriteseeentry#1{ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}% } % The default definitions \def\sortas#1{}% \def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only \def\putwordSeeAlso{See also} \def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only % Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}": % * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}" % * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ" % * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext % \def\splitindexentry#1{% \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}% \xdef\bracedtext{}% \def\sep{}% \def\seealso##1{}% \def\seeentry##1{}% \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry } % append the results from the next segment \def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{% \def\segment{#1}% \ifx\segment\isfinish \else % % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and % trim spaces. \edef\trimmed{\segment}% \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% \ifincodeindex \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}% \fi % \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}% % % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all % font commands turned off. \bgroup \let\sortas\indexwritesortas \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry \indexnofonts % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex. \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}% \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}% \let\{=\lbracechar \let\}=\rbracechar \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}% \def\atchar##1{\@}% \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}% \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}% % \let\indexsortkey\empty \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment. \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}% \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{% \indexnonalnumdisappear \xdef\trimmed{\segment}% \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}% \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}% \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi }\fi % % Append to \fullindexsortkey. \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{% \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}% \tmp \egroup \def\sep{\subentry}% % \expandafter\doindexsegment \fi } \def\isfinish{\finish}% \newbox\dummybox % used above \let\subentry\relax % Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex. % This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux % files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses % the current value of \escapechar. \def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\} % Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape % character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When % the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then % the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy % change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in % index files, never standing for themselves. % \set txiindexescapeisbackslash % Write the entry in \indextext to the index file. % \newif\ifincodeindex \def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex} \def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex} \def\doindwritex{% \maybemarginindex % \atdummies % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else \escapeisbackslash \fi % % For texindex which always views { and } as separators. \def\{{\lbracechar{}}% \def\}{\rbracechar{}}% \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}% % % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index % sort key. \splitindexentry\indextext % % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and % the original text, including any font commands. We write % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s % sorted result. % \edef\temp{% \write\writeto{% \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}% {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}% \bracedtext}% }% \temp } % Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented). \def\maybemarginindex{% \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}% \fi } \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit: % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the % \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero. The result is that % sequences like this: % @end defun % @tindex whatever % @defun ... % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. % % But wait, there is a catch there: % We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not % sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts % of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual % representation of the skip. % % The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that % the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). % \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} % \newskip\whatsitskip \newcount\whatsitpenalty % % ..., ready, GO: % \def\safewhatsit#1{\ifhmode #1% \else % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. \whatsitskip = \lastskip \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty % % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro \else \vskip-\whatsitskip \fi % #1% % \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: % @deffn deffn-whatever % @vindex index-whatever % Description. % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit % and the "Description." paragraph. \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi \else % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip \fi \fi} % The index entry written in the file actually looks like % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} % or % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files % containing these kinds of lines: % \initial {c} % before the first topic whose initial is c % \entry {topic}{pagelist} % for a topic that is used without subtopics % \primary {topic} % \entry {topic}{} % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} % for each subtopic. % \secondary {subtopic}{} % for a subtopic with sub-subtopics % \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist} % for each sub-subtopic. % Define the user-accessible indexing commands % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. \def\findex {\fnindex} \def\kindex {\kyindex} \def\cindex {\cpindex} \def\vindex {\vrindex} \def\tindex {\tpindex} \def\pindex {\pgindex} % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). % \parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \plainfrenchspacing \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. % % See comment in \requireopenindexfile. \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi % % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s \ifeof 1 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. \putwordIndexNonexistent \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}% \else % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \thisline \ifeof 1 \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish% \fi \fi \closein 1 \endgroup} % If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index % file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have % old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would % at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error. \def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{% \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax \errmessage{% ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped. To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi' or 'texi2pdf' to that at . If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0). You may be able to typeset the index if you run 'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself. You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by running a command like 'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format. If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')% }% \else (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format) \fi \else \begindoublecolumns \input \jobname.\indexname s \enddoublecolumns \fi \else \begindoublecolumns \catcode`\\=0\relax % % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files. %\catcode`\@=12\relax \catcode`\@=0\relax \input \jobname.\indexname s \enddoublecolumns \fi } % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. % Change them to control the appearance of the index. {\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13 \catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13 \catcode`\$=3 \gdef\initialglyphs{% % special control sequences used in the index sort key \let\indexlbrace\{% \let\indexrbrace\}% \let\indexatchar\@% \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}% % % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere % for these characters. \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}} % % In case @\ is used for backslash \uppercase{\let\\=~} % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash \catcode`\/=13 \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}% \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--' \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}% \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}% \def\_{% \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }% \def|{$\vert$}% \def<{$\less$}% \def>{$\gtr$}% \def+{$\normalplus$}% }} \def\initial{% \bgroup \initialglyphs \initialx } \def\initialx#1{% % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing. \nobreak \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip \penalty -300 \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip % % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}% % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that % \leftline creates. % Do our best not to break after the initial. \nobreak \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip \egroup % \initialglyphs } \newdimen\entryrightmargin \entryrightmargin=0pt % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. % \def\entry{% \begingroup % % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't % affect previous text. \par % % No extra space above this paragraph. \parskip = 0in % % When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks % from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section % titles, for instance. \def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command % % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): \afterassignment\doentry \let\temp = } \def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}% \def\doentry{% % Save the text of the entry \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. \noindent \aftergroup\finishentry % And now comes the text of the entry. % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems % with catcodes occurring. } {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\finishentry#1{% \egroup % end box A \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup \unhbox\boxA % #1 is the page number. % % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use % leaders if they are present. \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}% \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt \null\nobreak\hfill\ % \else % \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. % \ifpdforxetex \pdfgettoks#1.% \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA \else \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1% \fi \fi \egroup % end \boxA \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par \nobreak \else\bgroup % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the % page numbers to be aligned to the right. % \parindent = 0pt \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right. \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill % \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin. % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to % fit on one line in @letterpaper format. \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em \dimen@i=2.1em \else \dimen@i=0em \fi \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i % \dimen@ii = \hsize \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of % the first line. \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@ \dimen@ii = \hsize \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than % two lines), use all the space in the first line. \dimen@ = \dimen@ii \fi \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only, % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing. % % Indent all lines but the first one. \advance\leftskip by 1em \advance\parindent by -1em \fi\fi \indent % start paragraph \unhbox\boxA % % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. \finalhyphendemerits = 0 % % Word spacing - no stretch \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font % \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks. \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation. % \par % format the paragraph \egroup % The \vbox \fi \endgroup }} \newskip\thinshrinkable \skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em. % The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push % the page number to the right. \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll} \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} \def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}} \def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}} \def\indententry#1#2#3{% \bgroup \leftskip=#1 \entry{#2}{#3}% \egroup } % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. \catcode`\@=11 % private names \newbox\partialpage \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % If not much space left on page, start a new page. \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi % % Grab any single-column material above us. \output = {% \savetopmark % \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% % Unvbox the main output page. \unvbox\PAGE \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip }% }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. \output = {\doublecolumnout}% % % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. % % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) % as it did when we hard-coded it. % % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) % been clobbered. % \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize % % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the % previous page. \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage \vsize = 2\vsize % % For the benefit of balancing columns \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last, which is done by \balancecolumns. % \def\doublecolumnout{% % \savetopmark \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called \unvbox\PAGE \penalty\outputpenalty } % % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } % Finished with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised % _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the % following situation: % % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry. % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no % break occurs before the last section starts. However, the last % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not % fit on the page and has to be broken off. Without the following % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which % is wrong: The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with % the broken-off section in the recent contributions. As soon as % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page % break. The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page % goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see % \pagebody), causing an overfull box. % % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281). \penalty0 % \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. \savetopmark \balancecolumns }% \eject % call the \output just set \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal % definition right away. \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput} % \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic % page break. \box\balancedcolumns % % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize. \global\vsize = \txipageheight % \pagegoal = \txipageheight % \else % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again. \expandafter\enddoublecolumns \fi } \newbox\balancedcolumns \setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}% % % Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout % does the others. \def\balancecolumns{% \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip % Don't split a short final column in two. \setbox2=\vbox{}% \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% \else % double the leading vertical space \advance\dimen@ by \topskip \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to \dimen@ii = \dimen@ \splittopskip = \topskip % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column. {% \vbadness = 10000 \loop \global\setbox3 = \copy0 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt \repeat }% % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3. % % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself. % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize). \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material. % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page. \setbox\PAGE=\box0 \doublecolumnout \else % Compare the heights of the two columns. \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3 % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms % flush with each other. \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}% \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}% \else % Make column bottoms flush with each other. \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}% \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}% \fi \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}% \fi \fi % } \catcode`\@ = \other \message{sectioning,} % Chapters, sections, etc. % Let's start with @part. \outer\parseargdef\part{\partzzz{#1}} \def\partzzz#1{% \chapoddpage \null \vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit \begingroup \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text \let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with \writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc \headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents. \let\pchapsepmacro\relax \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% \chapoddpage \endgroup } % \unnumberedno is an oxymoron. But we count the unnumbered % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 % chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) \newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ % % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} % We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple % construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual % letter in the expansion, not just typeset. % \def\appendixletter{% \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. \else\char\the\appendixno \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number % and name of the chapter. Page headings and footings can use % these. @section does likewise. \def\thischapter{} \def\thischapternum{} \def\thischaptername{} \def\thissection{} \def\thissectionnum{} \def\thissectionname{} \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} % we only have subsub. \chardef\maxseclevel = 3 % % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. % To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: \chardef\unnlevel = \maxseclevel % % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. \def\chapheadtype{N} % Choose a heading macro % #1 is heading type % #2 is heading level % #3 is text for heading \def\genhead#1#2#3{% % Compute the abs. sec. level: \absseclevel=#2 \advance\absseclevel by \secbase % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 \absseclevel = 0 \else \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 \absseclevel = 3 \fi \fi % The heading type: \def\headtype{#1}% \if \headtype U% \ifnum \absseclevel < \unnlevel \chardef\unnlevel = \absseclevel \fi \else % Check for appendix sections: \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% \else \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% \fi\fi \fi % Check for numbered within unnumbered: \ifnum \absseclevel > \unnlevel \def\headtype{U}% \else \chardef\unnlevel = 3 \fi \fi % Now print the heading: \if \headtype U% \ifcase\absseclevel \unnumberedzzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \if \headtype A% \ifcase\absseclevel \appendixzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \else \ifcase\absseclevel \chapterzzz{#3}% \or \seczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% \fi \fi \fi \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % an interface: \def\numhead{\genhead N} \def\apphead{\genhead A} \def\unnmhead{\genhead U} % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset % all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. % % Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers % (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. \let\chaplevelprefix = \empty % \outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz \def\chapterzzz#1{% % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such % as an @include file. \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\chapno by 1 % % Used for \float. \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordChapter can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordChapter}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \the\chapno}% % % Write the actual heading. \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% % % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. \global\let\section = \numberedsec \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec } \outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally calls appendixzzz % \def\appendixzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\appendixno by 1 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% \resetallfloatnos % % \putwordAppendix can contain complex things in translations. \toks0=\expandafter{\putwordAppendix}% \message{\the\toks0 \space \appendixletter}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% % \global\let\section = \appendixsec \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec } % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} \def\unnumberedzzz#1{% \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 % % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty \resetallfloatnos % % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant % to be executed, not expanded). % % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for % the toc entries.) \toks0 = {#1}% \message{(\the\toks0)}% % \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% % \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec } % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters \unnmhead0{#1}% \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax } % @top is like @unnumbered. \let\top\unnumbered % Sections. % \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz \def\seczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% } % normally calls appendixsectionzzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% } \let\appendixsec\appendixsection % normally calls unnumberedseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% } % Subsections. % % normally calls numberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls appendixsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% } % Subsubsections. % % normally numberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally appendixsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz: \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% } % These macros control what the section commands do, according % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). % Define them by default for a numbered chapter. \let\section = \numberedsec \let\subsection = \numberedsubsec \let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading \def\majorheading{% {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% \parsearg\chapheadingzzz } \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} \def\chapheadingzzz#1{% \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}% \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak \suppressfirstparagraphindent } % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. \parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} \parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} \suppressfirstparagraphindent} % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), % given all the information in convenient, parsed form. % Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) \newskip\chapheadingskip % Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it. \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} % Start a new page \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} % \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter % Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will % get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't % care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page. \def\chapoddpage{% \chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \begingroup \headingsoff \null \chappager \endgroup \fi } \parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} \def\CHAPPAGoff{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}} \def\CHAPPAGon{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} \def\CHAPPAGodd{% \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} \CHAPPAGon % \chapmacro - Chapter opening. % % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. % Not used for @heading series. % % To test against our argument. \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} \def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} % \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment. \fi % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{}}% % \def\temptype{#2}% \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}% \gdef\thischapter{}}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}% % \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \else \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentchapterdefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}% % \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\noexpand\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum: \noexpand\thischaptername}% }% \fi\fi\fi % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert the chapter heading break. \pchapsepmacro % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \domark % {% \chapfonts \rm \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message % % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. \gdef\currentsection{#1}% % % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unnchap}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry \def\toctype{omit}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% \def\toctype{numchap}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% % % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not % being visible, for instance under high magnification. \donoderef{#2}% % % Typeset the actual heading. \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue. \vbox{\raggedtitlesettings \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe \unhbox0 #1\par}% }% \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title \nobreak } % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax \def\centerparameters{% \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip \leftskip = \rightskip \parfillskip = 0pt } % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. % \newskip\secheadingskip \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} % Subsection titles. \newskip\subsecheadingskip \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} % Subsubsection titles. \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} % Print any size, any type, section title. % % #1 is the text of the title, % #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), % #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), % #4 is the section number. % \def\seckeyword{sec} % \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% {% \def\sectionlevel{#2}% \def\temptype{#3}% % % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is % dubious), but not the others. \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment. \fi \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % % Switch to the right set of fonts. \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm % % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark). \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}% \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}% \fi \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % Don't redefine \thissection. \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \else \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword \toks0={#1}% \xdef\currentsectiondefs{% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}% \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}% % \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible % commands in some of the translations. \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\noexpand\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum: \noexpand\thissectionname}% }% \fi \fi\fi\fi % % Go into vertical mode. Usually we'll already be there, but we % don't want the following whatsit to end up in a preceding paragraph % if the document didn't happen to have a blank line. \par % % Output the mark. Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of % the preceding space. \safewhatsit\domark % % Insert space above the heading. \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname % % Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points % between here and the heading. \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs \domark % % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{unn}% \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, % and don't redefine \currentsection. \setbox0 = \hbox{}% \def\toctype{omit}% \let\sectionlevel=\empty \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{app}% \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \else \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% \def\toctype{num}% \gdef\currentsection{#1}% \fi\fi\fi % % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro. \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% % % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). % Again, see comments in \chapmacro. \donoderef{#3}% % % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed. % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000. \nobreak % % Output the actual section heading. \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \ptexraggedright \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number \unhbox0 #1}% }% % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. % Don't allow stretch, though. \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname % % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it % was followed by glue. \nobreak % % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a % discardable item.) However, when a paragraph is not started next % (\startdefun, \cartouche, \center, etc.), this needs to be wiped out % or the negative glue will cause weirdly wrong output, typically % obscuring the section heading with something else. \vskip-\parskip % % This is so the last item on the main vertical list is a known % \penalty > 10000, so \startdefun, etc., can recognize the situation % and do the needful. \penalty 10001 } \message{toc,} % Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. % % Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} % We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional % arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually % read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the % destination to jump to. % % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. % But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the % table of contents chapter openings themselves. % \newif\iftocfileopened \def\omitkeyword{omit}% % \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% \edef\writetoctype{#1}% \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else \iftocfileopened\else \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc \global\tocfileopenedtrue \fi % \iflinks {\atdummies \edef\temp{% \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% \temp }% \fi \fi % % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named % `1', and two named `2'. \ifpdforxetex \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi } % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. % \def\activecatcodes{% \catcode`\"=\active \catcode`\$=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\\=\active \catcode`\^=\active \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\~=\active } % Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. \def\readtocfile{% \setupdatafile \activecatcodes \input \tocreadfilename } \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in \newcount\savepageno \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 % Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. % \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. \contentsalignmacro \immediate\closeout\tocfile % % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. % It is abundantly clear what they are. \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% % \savepageno = \pageno \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. % % Roman numerals for page numbers. \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings % Record where the Roman numerals started. \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi } % redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on % \jobname.toc even if this is redefined. % \def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc} % Normal (long) toc. % \def\contents{% \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \ifeof 1 \else \pdfmakeoutlines \fi \closein 1 \endgroup \contentsendroman } % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\partentry = \shortpartentry \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry \let\appentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. \secfonts \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt \rm \hyphenpenalty = 10000 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space \ifeof 1 \else \readtocfile \fi \closein 1 \vfill \eject \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \contentsendroman } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents % Get ready to use Arabic numerals again \def\contentsendroman{% \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \global\pageno = \savepageno % % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for % the page numbers. \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. % \def\shortchaplabel#1{% % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. % But use \hss just in case. % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) % % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters % there are before deciding ... \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% } % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... % Parts, in the main contents. Replace the part number, which doesn't % exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width. % Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed. \def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}} \def\partentry#1#2#3#4{% % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading. % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the % part heading, before a following chapter heading. \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip \penalty-300 \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}% } % % Parts, in the short toc. \def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{% \penalty-300 \vskip.5\baselineskip plus.15\baselineskip minus.1\baselineskip \shortchapentry{{\bf #1}}{\numeralbox}{}{}% } % Chapters, in the main contents. \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} % Chapters, in the short toc. % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% } % Appendices, in the main contents. % Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. % \def\appendixbox#1{% % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} % \def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}} % Unnumbered chapters. \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} \def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} % Sections. \def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry \def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} % Subsections. \def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry \def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % And subsubsections. \def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry \def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. % Same as \defaultparindent. \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the % page number. % % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters % if at all possible; hence the \penalty. \def\dochapentry#1#2{% \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup % Move the page numbers slightly to the right \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em \chapentryfonts \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. \let\tocentry = \entry % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} \message{environments,} % @foo ... @end foo. % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw TeX temporarily. % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. % But \@ or @@ will get a plain @ character. \envdef\tex{% \setregularquotes \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie \catcode `\%=14 \catcode `\+=\other \catcode `\"=\other \catcode `\|=\other \catcode `\<=\other \catcode `\>=\other \catcode `\`=\other \catcode `\'=\other % % ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our % other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions. \mathactive % % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file. \let\b=\ptexb \let\bullet=\ptexbullet \let\c=\ptexc \let\,=\ptexcomma \let\.=\ptexdot \let\dots=\ptexdots \let\equiv=\ptexequiv \let\!=\ptexexclam \let\i=\ptexi \let\indent=\ptexindent \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent \let\{=\ptexlbrace \let\+=\tabalign \let\}=\ptexrbrace \let\/=\ptexslash \let\sp=\ptexsp \let\*=\ptexstar %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode \let\t=\ptext \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing % \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% \def\@{@}% } % There is no need to define \Etex. % Define @lisp ... @end lisp. % @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't % have any width. \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} % This space is always present above and below environments. \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. % \def\aboveenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text % often leads into it. \penalty100 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} \def\afterenvbreak{{% % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and % \sectionheading, q.v. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \advance\envskipamount by \parskip \endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount \removelastskip % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak % or better ... \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi \vskip\envskipamount \fi \fi }} % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. \let\nonarrowing=\relax % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around % environment contents. % \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr \hskip\rskip}} \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr \hskip\rskip}} % \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip % only require the font if @cartouche is actually used \def\cartouchefontdefs{% \font\circle=lcircle10\relax \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle } \newdimen\circthick \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip \envdef\cartouche{% \cartouchefontdefs \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. \startsavinginserts \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip \advance\cartinner by-\rskip \cartouter=\hsize \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either % side, and for 6pt waste from % each corner char, and rule thickness \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip % % If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the % \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can % collide with the section heading. \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi % \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt \carttop \hbox\bgroup \hskip\lskip \vrule\kern3pt \vbox\bgroup \kern3pt \hsize=\cartinner \baselineskip=\normbskip \lineskip=\normlskip \parskip=\normpskip \vskip -\parskip \comment % For explanation, see the end of def\group. } \def\Ecartouche{% \ifhmode\par\fi \kern3pt \egroup \kern3pt\vrule \hskip\rskip \egroup \cartbot \egroup \addgroupbox \checkinserts } % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, % inside a group. \newdimen\nonfillparindent \def\nonfillstart{% \aboveenvbreak \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output \parskip = 0pt % Turn off paragraph indentation but redefine \indent to emulate % the normal \indent. \nonfillparindent=\parindent \parindent = 0pt \let\indent\nonfillindent % \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi \let\exdent=\nofillexdent } \begingroup \obeyspaces % We want to swallow spaces (but not other tokens) after the fake % @indent in our nonfill-environments, where spaces are normally % active and set to @tie, resulting in them not being ignored after % @indent. \gdef\nonfillindent{\futurelet\temp\nonfillindentcheck}% \gdef\nonfillindentcheck{% \ifx\temp % \expandafter\nonfillindentgobble% \else% \leavevmode\nonfillindentbox% \fi% }% \endgroup \def\nonfillindentgobble#1{\nonfillindent} \def\nonfillindentbox{\hbox to \nonfillparindent{\hss}} % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. % This affects the following displayed environments: % @example, @display, @format, @lisp, @verbatim % \def\smallword{small} \def\nosmallword{nosmall} \let\SETdispenvsize\relax \def\setnormaldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank % line. This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient % to change the fonts afterward. \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } \def\setsmalldispenv{% \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword \else \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi \smallexamplefonts \rm \fi } % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. % Let's do it in one command. #1 is the env name, #2 the definition. \def\makedispenvdef#1#2{% \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}% \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak } % Define two environment synonyms (#1 and #2) for an environment. \def\maketwodispenvdef#1#2#3{% \makedispenvdef{#1}{#3}% \makedispenvdef{#2}{#3}% } % % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; % @example: same as @lisp. % % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. % \maketwodispenvdef{lisp}{example}{% \nonfillstart \tt\setcodequotes \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. \parsearg\gobble } % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. % \makedispenvdef{display}{% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. % \makedispenvdef{format}{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } % @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. \envdef\flushleft{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \gobble } \let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak % @flushright. % \envdef\flushright{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill\relax \gobble } \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak % @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right % justification. From plain.tex. \envdef\raggedright{% \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax } \let\Eraggedright\par \envdef\raggedleft{% \parindent=0pt \leftskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedleft\par \envdef\raggedcenter{% \parindent=0pt \rightskip0pt plus1em \leftskip0pt plus1em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em \parfillskip=0pt \hbadness=10000 % Last line will usually be underfull, so turn off % badness reporting. } \let\Eraggedcenter\par % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. % \makedispenvdef{quotation}{\quotationstart} % \def\quotationstart{% \indentedblockstart % same as \indentedblock, but increase right margin too. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing \fi \parsearg\quotationlabel } % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're % doing normal filling. % \def\Equotation{% \par \ifx\quotationauthor\thisisundefined\else % indent a bit. \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% \fi {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallquotation{\Equotation} % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. \def\quotationlabel#1{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\empty \else {\bf #1: }% \fi } % @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and % has no optional argument. % \makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart} % \def\indentedblockstart{% {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip \parindent=0pt % % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. \ifx\nonarrowing\relax \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing \else \let\nonarrowing = \relax \fi } % Keep a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're doing normal filling. % \def\Eindentedblock{% \par {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% } \def\Esmallindentedblock{\Eindentedblock} % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} % If we want to allow any as delimiter, % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org % % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. % % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a % verbatim line. \def\dospecials{% \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% % Don't do the quotes -- if we do, @set txicodequoteundirected and % @set txicodequotebacktick will not have effect on @verb and % @verbatim, and ?` and !` ligatures won't get disabled. %\do\`\do\'% } % % [Knuth] p. 380 \def\uncatcodespecials{% \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} % % Setup for the @verb command. % % Eight spaces for a tab \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} \endgroup % \def\setupverb{% \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% \setcodequotes \tabeightspaces % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count % must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Setup for the @verbatim environment % % Real tab expansion. \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount % % We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle % tabs. \newbox\verbbox \def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup} % \begingroup \catcode`\^^I=\active \gdef\tabexpand{% \catcode`\^^I=\active \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup \dimen\verbbox=\wd\verbbox % the width so far, or since the previous tab \divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw \multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw \advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox }% } \endgroup % start the verbatim environment. \def\setupverbatim{% \let\nonarrowing = t% \nonfillstart \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}% \tabexpand \setcodequotes % Respect line breaks, % print special symbols as themselves, and % make each space count. % Must do in this order: \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces } % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: % % \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} % % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} \begingroup \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] \endgroup % \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} % % % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: % % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} % % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. % % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] % \begingroup \catcode`\ =\active \obeylines % % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank % line in the output. \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{% \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in % the block. \endgroup % \envdef\verbatim{% \setnormaldispenv\setupverbatim\doverbatim } \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. % \def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} % \def\doverbatiminclude#1{% {% \makevalueexpandable \setupverbatim {% \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names. \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}% \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 } \expandafter }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup \afterenvbreak }% } % @copying ... @end copying. % Save the text away for @insertcopying later. % % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as % possible is desirable. % \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} % \def\insertcopying{% \begingroup \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page \scanexp\copyingtext \endgroup } \message{defuns,} % @defun etc. \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt \newcount\defunpenalty % Start the processing of @deffn: \def\startdefun{% \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \medbreak \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the % following @def command, see below. \else % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, % which is there to keep the function description together with its % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow % a break between a section heading and a defun. % % As a further refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following % @def command. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. % But do insert the glue. \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint \fi % \parindent=0in \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \exdentamount=\defbodyindent } \def\dodefunx#1{% % First, check whether we are in the right environment: \checkenv#1% % % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. % It's not a great place, though. \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi % % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% } \def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} % \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} % \def\printdefunline#1#2{% \begingroup % call \deffnheader: #1#2 \endheader % common ending: \interlinepenalty = 10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil\relax \endgraf \nobreak\vskip -\parskip \penalty\defunpenalty % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. \checkparencounts \endgroup } \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; % the only thing remaining is to define \deffnheader. % \def\makedefun#1{% \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% \temp } % \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) } % % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. % \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% \envdef#1{% \startdefun \doingtypefnfalse % distinguish typed functions from all else \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% }% \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% \def#3% } \newif\ifdoingtypefn % doing typed function? \newif\ifrettypeownline % typeset return type on its own line? % @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions % are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun, % @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod. % \parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @txideftypefnnl value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} % % If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind. % (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an % index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in % behaviour though.) \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% \def\thirdarg{#3}% \ifx\thirdarg\empty \doind{#1}{#2}% \else \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}% \fi } % Untyped functions: % @deffn category name args \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} % @deffn category class name args \makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \defopon {category on}class name args \def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deffngeneral {subind}category name args % \def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% } % Typed functions: % @deftypefn category type name args \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} % @deftypeop category class type name args \makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} % \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args \def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args % \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \doingtypefntrue \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Typed variables: % @deftypevr category type var args \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} % @deftypecv category class type var args \makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args \def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } % \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args % \def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% } % Untyped variables: % @defvr category var args \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } % @defcv category class var args \makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} % \defcvof {category of}class var args \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } % Types: % @deftp category name args \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% } % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: \makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } \makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } \makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } \makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} \makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} \makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). % #1 is the category, such as "Function". % #2 is the return type, if any. % #3 is the function name. % % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. % \def\defname#1#2#3{% \par % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent % % Determine if we are typesetting the return type of a typed function % on a line by itself. \rettypeownlinefalse \ifdoingtypefn % doing a typed function specifically? % then check user option for putting return type on its own line: \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxideftypefnnl\endcsname\relax \else \rettypeownlinetrue \fi \fi % % How we'll format the category name. Putting it in brackets helps % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line % just below it. \def\temp{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} % % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. We'll always have at % least two. \tempnum = 2 % % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip % % If doing a return type on its own line, we'll have another line. \ifrettypeownline \advance\tempnum by 1 \def\maybeshapeline{0in \hsize}% \else \def\maybeshapeline{}% \fi % % The continuations: \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent % % The final paragraph shape: \parshape \tempnum 0in \dimen0 \maybeshapeline \defargsindent \dimen2 % % Put the category name at the right margin. \noindent \hbox to 0pt{% \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize % \hsize has to be shortened this way: \kern\leftskip % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. }% % % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent {% % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no % one has made identifiers using them :). \df \tt \def\temp{#2}% text of the return type \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type \ifrettypeownline % put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following: \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break \else \space % type on same line, so just followed by a space \fi \fi % no return type #3% output function name }% {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont % \boldbrax % arguments will be output next, if any. } % Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using % tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in % the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very % distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. % \def\defunargs#1{% % use sl by default (not ttsl), % tt for the names. \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 % % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we % want a way to get ttsl. We used to recommend @var for that, so % leave the code in, but it's strange for @var to lead to typewriter. % Nowadays we recommend @code, since the difference between a ttsl hyphen % and a tt hyphen is pretty tiny. @code also disables ?` !`. \def\var##1{{\setregularquotes\ttslanted{##1}}}% #1% \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 } % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. % \def\activeparens{% \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active \catcode`\&=\active } % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. { \activeparens \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack \global\let& = \& \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} } \let\ampchar\& \newcount\parencount % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards \newif\ifampseen \def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} \def\parenfont{% \ifampseen % At the first level, print parens in roman, % otherwise use the default font. \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi \else % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . \sf \fi } \def\infirstlevel#1{% \ifampseen \ifnum\parencount=1 #1% \fi \fi } \def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} \def\opnr{% \global\advance\parencount by 1 {\parenfont(}% \infirstlevel \bfafterword } \def\clnr{% {\parenfont)}% \infirstlevel \sl \global\advance\parencount by -1 } \newcount\brackcount \def\lbrb{% \global\advance\brackcount by 1 {\bf[}% } \def\rbrb{% {\bf]}% \global\advance\brackcount by -1 } \def\checkparencounts{% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi } % these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually % has such constructs (when documenting function pointers). \def\badparencount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}% \global\parencount=0 } \def\badbrackcount{% \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}% \global\brackcount=0 } \message{macros,} % @macro. % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scantokens#1{% \toks0={#1}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \input \jobname.tmp } \fi \let\E=\expandafter % Used at the time of macro expansion. % Argument is macro body with arguments substituted \def\scanmacro#1{% \newlinechar`\^^M % expand the expansion of \eatleadingcr twice to maybe remove a leading % newline (and \else and \fi tokens), then call \eatspaces on the result. \def\xeatspaces##1{% \E\E\E\E\E\E\E\eatspaces\E\E\E\E\E\E\E{\eatleadingcr##1% }}% \def\xempty##1{}% % % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime. \scantokens{#1@comment}% % % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla % in math mode. } % Used for copying and captions \def\scanexp#1{% \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}% } \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? % List of all defined macros in the form % \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2... % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split % if there is a need. \def\macrolist{} % Add the macro to \macrolist \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}% \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% } % Utility routines. % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname % (except of course we have to play expansion games). % \def\cslet#1#2{% \expandafter\let \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname \csname#2\endcsname } % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). {\catcode`\@=11 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} \def\unbrace#1{#1} \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} } {\catcode`\^^M=\other% \gdef\eatleadingcr#1{\if\noexpand#1\noexpand^^M\else\E#1\fi}}% % Warning: this won't work for a delimited argument % or for an empty argument % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% } % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \ % to recognize macro arguments; this is the job of \mbodybackslash. % % Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate % them to avoid their expansion. Must do this non-globally, to % confine the change to the current group. % % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. % \def\scanctxt{% used as subroutine \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\+=\other \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\^=\other \catcode`\_=\other \catcode`\|=\other \catcode`\~=\other \passthroughcharstrue } \def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros. \scanctxt \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\\=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other } \def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions \scanctxt \catcode`\ =\other \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \usembodybackslash } % Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode % changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside % an argument to another Texinfo command. \def\macroargctxt{% \scanctxt \catcode`\ =\active \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\\=\active } \def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces \scanctxt \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other } % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. % {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} } \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} \def\margbackslash#1{\char`\#1 } \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} \def\macroxxx#1{% \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0\relax \else \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \if\paramno>256\relax \ifx\eTeXversion\thisisundefined \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{You need eTeX to compile a file with macros with more than 256 arguments} \fi \fi \fi \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% \else \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \parseargdef\unmacro{% \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: \begingroup \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% \endgroup \else \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. % \def\unmacrodo#1{% \ifx #1\relax % remove this \else \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1% \fi } % \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to % the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list. \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} \def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} % This made use of the feature that if the last token of a % is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. % Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro. % Set \paramno to the number of arguments, % and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a % three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params % list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are % less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N % is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be % defined `a la TeX in the macro body. % % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). % % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see % \parsemmanyargdef. % \def\parsemargdef#1;{% \paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% \let\hash\relax % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions \let\xeatspaces\relax \let\xempty\relax \parsemargdefxxx#1,;,% \ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else \paramno0\relax \parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments \fi } \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx \advance\paramno by 1 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno\noexpand\xempty{}}}% \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% \fi\next} % the \xempty{} is to give \eatleadingcr an argument in the case of an % empty macro argument. % \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody % % Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since % rec and nonrec macros end differently.) % % We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro % body to be transformed. % Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro. % {\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{% \xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% {\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{% \xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}% % Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names. \edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@} \catcode `@=11\relax %%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the % hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is % processed again to replace the arguments. % % In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the % argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of % the catcode regime under which the body was input). % % If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more % arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error). % % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power. \def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@ \edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}% \expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa \expandafter{\csname macarg.\tempb\endcsname}% % Note that we need some extra \noexpand\noexpand, this is because we % don't want \the to be expanded in the \parsermacbody as it uses an % \xdef . \expandafter\edef\tempa {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\the\toks\the\paramno}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi\next} \let\endargs@\relax \let\nil@\relax \def\nilm@{\nil@}% \long\def\nillm@{\nil@}% % This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its % definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros % macarg.ARGNAME % % #1 is the macro name % #2 is the list of argument names % #3 is the list of argument values \def\getargvals@#1#2#3{% \def\macargdeflist@{}% \def\saveparamlist@{#2}% Need to keep a copy for parameter expansion. \def\paramlist{#2,\nil@}% \def\macroname{#1}% \begingroup \macroargctxt \def\argvaluelist{#3,\nil@}% \def\@tempa{#3}% \ifx\@tempa\empty \setemptyargvalues@ \else \getargvals@@ \fi } \def\getargvals@@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ % Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty. \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Too many arguments in macro `\macroname'!}% \fi \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \ifx\argvaluelist\nillm@ % No more arguments values passed to macro. Set remaining named-arg % macros to empty. \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \else % pop current arg name into \@tempb \def\@tempa##1{\pop@{\@tempb}{\paramlist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\paramlist}% % pop current argument value into \@tempc \def\@tempa##1{\longpop@{\@tempc}{\argvaluelist}##1\endargs@}% \expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\argvaluelist}% % Here \@tempb is the current arg name and \@tempc is the current arg value. % First place the new argument macro definition into \@tempd \expandafter\macname\expandafter{\@tempc}% \expandafter\let\csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempe\expandafter{% \csname macarg.\@tempb\endcsname}% \edef\@tempd{\long\def\@tempe{\the\macname}}% \push@\@tempd\macargdeflist@ \let\next\getargvals@@ \fi \fi \next } \def\push@#1#2{% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\def \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{% \expandafter#1#2}% } % Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result % in macro \@tempa. % \def\macvalstoargs@{% % To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed % within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument % values into respective token registers. % % First we save the token context, and initialize argument numbering. \begingroup \paramno0\relax % Then, for each argument number #N, we place the corresponding argument % value into a new token list register \toks#N \expandafter\putargsintokens@\saveparamlist@,;,% % Then, we expand the body so that argument are replaced by their % values. The trick for values not to be expanded themselves is that they % are within tokens and that tokens expand only once in an \edef . \edef\@tempc{\csname mac.\macroname .body\endcsname}% % Now we restore the token stack pointer to free the token list registers % which we have used, but we make sure that expanded body is saved after % group. \expandafter \endgroup \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}% } % Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group. % \def\macargexpandinbody@{% \expandafter \endgroup \macargdeflist@ % First the replace in body the macro arguments by their values, the result % is in \@tempa . \macvalstoargs@ % Then we point at the \norecurse or \gobble (for recursive) macro value % with \@tempb . \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempb\csname mac.\macroname .recurse\endcsname % Depending on whether it is recursive or not, we need some tailing % \egroup . \ifx\@tempb\gobble \let\@tempc\relax \else \let\@tempc\egroup \fi % And now we do the real job: \edef\@tempd{\noexpand\@tempb{\macroname}\noexpand\scanmacro{\@tempa}\@tempc}% \@tempd } \def\putargsintokens@#1,{% \if#1;\let\next\relax \else \let\next\putargsintokens@ % First we allocate the new token list register, and give it a temporary % alias \@tempb . \toksdef\@tempb\the\paramno % Then we place the argument value into that token list register. \expandafter\let\expandafter\@tempa\csname macarg.#1\endcsname \expandafter\@tempb\expandafter{\@tempa}% \advance\paramno by 1\relax \fi \next } % Trailing missing arguments are set to empty. % \def\setemptyargvalues@{% \ifx\paramlist\nilm@ \let\next\macargexpandinbody@ \else \expandafter\setemptyargvaluesparser@\paramlist\endargs@ \let\next\setemptyargvalues@ \fi \next } \def\setemptyargvaluesparser@#1,#2\endargs@{% \expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{% \expandafter\def\csname macarg.#1\endcsname{}}% \push@\@tempa\macargdeflist@ \def\paramlist{#2}% } % #1 is the element target macro % #2 is the list macro % #3,#4\endargs@ is the list value \def\pop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \def#1{#3}% \def#2{#4}% } \long\def\longpop@#1#2#3,#4\endargs@{% \long\def#1{#3}% \long\def#2{#4}% } %%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody. % \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for % its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}". % \paramno is the number of parameters % \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3," % There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments. % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file % they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group. % \def\defmacro{% \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars \ifnum\paramno=1 \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}% % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly. \else \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion \fi \ifcase\paramno % 0 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\spaceisspace \noexpand\endlineisspace \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name. \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{% \egroup \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\braceorline \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}% }% \else % at most 9 \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a % comma. % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list. % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted. \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space. \noexpand\expandafter \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{% \noexpand\passargtomacro \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{% \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}% \else % 10 or more: \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}% }% \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble \fi \fi} \catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape @catcode`@_=11 % private names @catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator % \passargtomacro#1#2 - % Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2 % compressed to one. % % This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use % \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where % complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to % an auxiliary file for an index entry). % % State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to % @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is % % THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input) % % where: % THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call % ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro % PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing % NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next @gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{% @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\% } @gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 used to look ahead % % If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument; % otherwise, remove the next token. @gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{% @ifx#4\% @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish @else @expandafter@add_segment @fi#1!{#2}#4#4% } % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled. % #5 looks ahead % % Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead. @gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{% @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5% } @gdef@is_fi{@fi} % #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT % #2 - PENDING_BS % #3 - NEXT_TOKEN % #4 is input stream until next backslash % % Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a % backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash. % NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish, % finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until % the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent % a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been % added to ARG_RESULT. @gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{% @ifx#3@_finish @call_the_macro#1!% @else % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead. % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how % long #4 is. } % #1 - THE_MACRO % #2 - ARG_RESULT % #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the % conditional. @gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}} } %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks % whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context % for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then, % to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular % \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC. % \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup \macroargctxt \expandafter\passargtomacro \else \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg \fi \macnamexxx} % @alias. % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal % sign. Make them active and then expand them all to nothing. % \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% {% \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty \addtomacrolist{#1}% \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% }% \next } \message{cross references,} \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. % @inforef is relatively simple. \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{% \putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in % cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and % might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: % @node foo , bar , ... % We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. % \parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} % % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} \def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode} % Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex % conditional. % \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need % that here. \def\omittopnode{% \ifx\lastnode\wordTop \expandafter\ignorenode\fi } \def\wordTop{Top} % Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not % output. \def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}% \ignorenodebye } {\let\bye\relax \gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef} \gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}} % The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer \let\lastnode=\empty % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the % type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). % \def\donoderef#1{% \ifx\lastnode\empty\else \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% \global\let\lastnode=\empty \fi } % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. % \newcount\savesfregister % \def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} \def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} \def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an % anchor), which consists of three parts: % 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection, % or the anchor name. % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or % empty for anchors. % 3) NAME-pg - the page number. % % This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of % floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: % 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. % \def\setref#1#2{% \pdfmkdest{#1}% \iflinks {% \requireauxfile \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX. \def\value##1{##1}% \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef }% \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}% \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout }% \fi } % @xrefautosectiontitle on|off says whether @section(ing) names are used % automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified. % This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title % variable, now it's official. % \parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{% \def\temp{#1}% \ifx\temp\onword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \empty \else\ifx\temp\offword \expandafter\let\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname = \relax \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unknown @xrefautomaticsectiontitle value `\temp', must be on|off}% \fi\fi } % % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed % manual. All but the node name can be omitted. % \def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX} \def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX} \def\ref{\xrefXX} \def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX} \def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]} % \newbox\toprefbox \newbox\printedrefnamebox \newbox\infofilenamebox \newbox\printedmanualbox % \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup \unsepspaces % % Get args without leading/trailing spaces. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox\printedrefnamebox = \hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% % \def\infofilename{\ignorespaces #4}% \setbox\infofilenamebox = \hbox{\infofilename\unskip}% % \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \setbox\printedmanualbox = \hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% % % If the printed reference name (arg #3) was not explicitly given in % the @xref, figure out what we want to use. \ifdim \wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt % No printed node name was explicitly given. \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname \relax % Not auto section-title: use node name inside the square brackets. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else % Auto section-title: use chapter/section title inside % the square brackets if we have it. \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % It is in another manual, so we don't have it; use node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \else \ifhavexrefs % We (should) know the real title if we have the xref values. \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}}% \else % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% \fi% \fi \fi \fi % % Make link in pdf output. \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX {\indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \setpdfdestname{#1}% % \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets \fi % \leavevmode \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% \ifnum\filenamelength>0 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}% \else goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else % For XeTeX {\indexnofonts \makevalueexpandable \turnoffactive % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename. \getfilename{#4}% % % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing % spaces in #1, which should be ignored. \setpdfdestname{#1}% % \ifx\pdfdestname\empty \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets \fi % \leavevmode \ifnum\filenamelength>0 % With default settings, % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers. % In this case, the replaced destination names of % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement, % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'. % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+), % this command line option is no longer necessary % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special. \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% \else \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}% \fi }% \setcolor{\linkcolor}% \fi \fi {% % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to % include an _ in the xref name, etc. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle \csname XR#1-title\endcsname }% % % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string. \iffloat\Xthisreftitle % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". \ifdim\wd\printedrefnamebox = 0pt \refx{#1-snt}% \else \printedrefname \fi % % If the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append % "in MANUALNAME". \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \fi \else % node/anchor (non-float) references. % % If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert % empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not % find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, % this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name % again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. % \ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name. % \crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}% % \else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt % Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no % printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as % the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else. % \crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}% % \else % Reference within this manual. % % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty, as the ref % will be empty for @unnumbered and @anchor. \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi % % output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden. \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname % \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiomitxrefpg\endcsname\relax % But we always want a comma and a space: ,\space % % output the `page 3'. \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}% % Add a , if xref followed by a space \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,% \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @* \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi \fi\fi \fi \endlink \endgroup} % Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice). % % Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither % missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply % "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual. % % But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the % string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in % the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less % likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g., % in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice. % % For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every % reference, since the current font is indeterminate. % \def\crossmanualxref#1{% \setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}% \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}% \ifdim \wd2 > 7sp % nonempty? \ifdim \wd2 = \wd\toprefbox \else % same as Top? \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{}\space \fi \fi #1% } % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly % one that Bob is working on :). % \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} % Things referred to by \setref. % \def\Ynothing{} \def\Yomitfromtoc{} \def\Ynumbered{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } \def\Yappendix{% \ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno \else \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno \fi\fi\fi } % \refx{NAME} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. \def\refx#1{% \requireauxfile {% \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX \csname XR#1\endcsname }% \ifx\thisrefX\relax % If not defined, say something at least. \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright \iflinks \ifhavexrefs {\toks0 = {#1}% avoid expansion of possibly-complex value \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `\the\toks0'.}}% \else \ifwarnedxrefs\else \global\warnedxrefstrue \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% \fi \fi \fi \else % It's defined, so just use it. \thisrefX \fi } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control % sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence % name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float % type, we have more work to do. % \def\xrdef#1#2{% {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences. % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \def\value##1{##1}% \xdef\safexrefname{#1}% }% % \bgroup \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% \egroup % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax. % % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname % % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do \else % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% \fi % % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, % for later use in \listoffloats. \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0 {\safexrefname}}% \fi } % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. % This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file. % \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. \let\novalidate = \linksfalse % Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it. \def\requireauxfile{% \iflinks \tryauxfile % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux \fi \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once. } % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. % \def\tryauxfile{% \openin 1 \jobname.aux \ifeof 1 \else \readdatafile{aux}% \global\havexrefstrue \fi \closein 1 } \def\setupdatafile{% \catcode`\^^@=\other \catcode`\^^A=\other \catcode`\^^B=\other \catcode`\^^C=\other \catcode`\^^D=\other \catcode`\^^E=\other \catcode`\^^F=\other \catcode`\^^G=\other \catcode`\^^H=\other \catcode`\^^K=\other \catcode`\^^L=\other \catcode`\^^N=\other \catcode`\^^P=\other \catcode`\^^Q=\other \catcode`\^^R=\other \catcode`\^^S=\other \catcode`\^^T=\other \catcode`\^^U=\other \catcode`\^^V=\other \catcode`\^^W=\other \catcode`\^^X=\other \catcode`\^^Z=\other \catcode`\^^[=\other \catcode`\^^\=\other \catcode`\^^]=\other \catcode`\^^^=\other \catcode`\^^_=\other \catcode`\^=\other % % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... \catcode`\~=\other \catcode`\[=\other \catcode`\]=\other \catcode`\"=\other \catcode`\_=\active \catcode`\|=\active \catcode`\<=\active \catcode`\>=\active \catcode`\$=\other \catcode`\#=\other \catcode`\&=\other \catcode`\%=\other \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off % \catcode`\\=\active % % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=0 } \def\readdatafile#1{% \begingroup \setupdatafile \input\jobname.#1 \endgroup} \message{insertions,} % including footnotes. \newcount \footnoteno % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a % space to prevent strange expansion errors.) \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } % @footnotestyle is meaningful for Info output only. \let\footnotestyle=\comment {\catcode `\@=11 % % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. \gdef\footnote{% \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% % % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. \let\@sf\empty \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi % % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. \unskip \thisfootno\@sf \dofootnote }% % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. % % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses % \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. % \gdef\dofootnote{% \insert\footins\bgroup % % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.) \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest % % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. % So reset some parameters. \hsize=\txipagewidth \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty\@MM \leftskip\z@skip \rightskip\z@skip \spaceskip\z@skip \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % \smallfonts \rm % % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). \let\noindent = \relax % % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. \everypar = {\hang}% \textindent{\thisfootno}% % % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. \footstrut % % Invoke rest of plain TeX footnote routine. \futurelet\next\fo@t } }%end \catcode `\@=11 \def\errfootnotenest{% \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex, even though they work in makeinfo; sorry} } \def\errfootnoteheading{% \errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported} } % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion % would be lost. % Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. % % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled % out prematurely. % \def\startsavinginserts{% \ifx \insert\ptexinsert \let\insert\saveinsert \else \let\checkinserts\relax \fi } % This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and % \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. % \def\saveinsert#1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% \afterassignment\next % swallow the left brace \let\temp = } \def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} \def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} \def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} \def\placesaveins#1{% \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname {\box#1}% } % eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: { \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} } % initialization: \def\newsaveins #1{% \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% \next } \def\newsaveinsX #1{% \csname newbox\endcsname #1% \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts \checksaveins #1}% } % initialize: \let\checkinserts\empty \newsaveins\footins \newsaveins\margin % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. % % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. \openin 1 = epsf.tex \ifeof 1 \else % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% \input epsf.tex \fi \closein 1 % % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.} % \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else \errhelp = \noepsfhelp \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% \global\warnednoepsftrue \fi \else \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish \fi } % % Arguments to @image: % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. % #5 is (ignored optional) extension. % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing stuff. \newif\ifimagevmode \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names \makevalueexpandable % If the image is by itself, center it. \ifvmode \imagevmodetrue \else \ifx\centersub\centerV % for @center @image, we need a vbox so we can have our vertical space \imagevmodetrue \vbox\bgroup % vbox has better behavior than vtop herev \fi\fi % \ifimagevmode \nobreak\medskip % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space % above and below. \nobreak\vskip\parskip \nobreak \fi % % Leave vertical mode so that indentation from an enclosing % environment such as @quotation is respected. % However, if we're at the top level, we don't want the % normal paragraph indentation. % On the other hand, if we are in the case of @center @image, we don't % want to start a paragraph, which will create a hsize-width box and % eradicate the centering. \ifx\centersub\centerV \else \imageindent \fi % % Output the image. \ifpdf % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined % For epsf.tex % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi \epsfbox{#1.eps}% \else % For XeTeX \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}% \fi \fi % \ifimagevmode \medskip % space after a standalone image \fi \ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi \endgroup} % @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, % etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the % float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. % \envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} % There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. \def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} % #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically % "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, % this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. % % #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to % be referable. % % #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It % will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). % % We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each % chapter-level command. \let\resetallfloatnos=\empty % \def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% \let\thiscaption=\empty \let\thisshortcaption=\empty % % don't lose footnotes inside @float. % % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 % \startsavinginserts % % We can't be used inside a paragraph. \par % \vtop\bgroup \def\floattype{#1}% \def\floatlabel{#2}% \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. % \ifx\floattype\empty \let\safefloattype=\empty \else {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% \fi % % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) % \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname \global\advance\floatno by 1 % {% % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float % labels (which have a completely different output format) from % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the % lists of floats. % \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% }% \fi % % start with \parskip glue, I guess. \vskip\parskip % % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. \restorefirstparagraphindent } % we have these possibilities: % @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap % @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap % @float Foo & no caption: Foo % @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap % @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 % @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap % @float & no caption: % \def\Efloat{% \let\floatident = \empty % % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi % % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% \fi % the number. \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% \fi % % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. \let\captionline = \floatident % \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else \ifx\floatident\empty \else \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between \fi % % caption text. \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% \fi % % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. \ifx\captionline\empty \else \vskip.5\parskip \captionline % % Space below caption. \vskip\parskip \fi % % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. {% \requireauxfile \atdummies % \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}% \else \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}% \fi \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% }% \fi \egroup % end of \vtop % \checkinserts } % Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. % \def\appendtomacro#1#2{% \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% } % @caption, @shortcaption % \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} \def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} \def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. \def\getfloatno#1{% \ifx#1\relax % Haven't seen this figure type before. \csname newcount\endcsname #1% % % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% \fi \let\floatno#1% } % \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref % to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we % first read the @float command. % \def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% % Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can % distinguish floats from other xref types. \def\floatmagic{!!float!!} % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic % \currentsection value which we \setref above. % \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} % % #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the % (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. % \def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% \def\temp{#1}% \def\iffloattype{#2}% \ifx\temp\floatmagic } % @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. % \parseargdef\listoffloats{% \def\floattype{#1}% floattype {% % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. \indexnofonts \turnoffactive \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% }% % % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax \ifhavexrefs % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% \fi \else \begingroup \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc \let\do=\listoffloatsdo \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \endgroup \fi } % This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the % xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the % aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which % has the text we're supposed to typeset here. % % Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since % they won't appear in the aux file). % \def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} \def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link % in pdf output. \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% % % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% \writeentry }} \message{localization,} % For single-language documents, @documentlanguage is usually given very % early, just after @documentencoding. Single argument is the language % (de) or locale (de_DE) abbreviation. % { \catcode`\_ = \active \globaldefs=1 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{% \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists. \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 \endgroup % end raw TeX } % % If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist, % try txi-de.tex. % \gdef\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{% \openin 1 txi-#1.tex \ifeof 1 \errhelp = \nolanghelp \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% \else \globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist \input txi-#1.tex \fi \closein 1 } }% end of special _ catcode % \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or is empty. Maybe you need to install it? Putting it in the current directory should work if nowhere else does.} % This macro is called from txi-??.tex files; the first argument is the % \language name to set (without the "\lang@" prefix), the second and % third args are \{left,right}hyphenmin. % % The language names to pass are determined when the format is built. % See the etex.log file created at that time, e.g., % /usr/local/texlive/2008/texmf-var/web2c/pdftex/etex.log. % % With TeX Live 2008, etex now includes hyphenation patterns for all % available languages. This means we can support hyphenation in % Texinfo, at least to some extent. (This still doesn't solve the % accented characters problem.) % \catcode`@=11 \def\txisetlanguage#1#2#3{% % do not set the language if the name is undefined in the current TeX. \expandafter\ifx\csname lang@#1\endcsname \relax \message{no patterns for #1}% \else \global\language = \csname lang@#1\endcsname \fi % but there is no harm in adjusting the hyphenmin values regardless. \global\lefthyphenmin = #2\relax \global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax } % XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively. % Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation. % Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise. % \newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable \newif\iftxiusebytewiseio \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \txinativeunicodecapablefalse \txiusebytewiseiotrue \else \txinativeunicodecapabletrue \txiusebytewiseiofalse \fi \else \txinativeunicodecapabletrue \txiusebytewiseiofalse \fi % Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex % for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings. % \def\setbytewiseio{% \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files. % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in % place of non-ASCII characters. \fi \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined \else \directlua{ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub local function convert_char (char) return utf8_char(byte(char)) end local function convert_line (line) return gsub(line, ".", convert_char) end callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line) local function convert_line_out (line) local line_out = "" for c in string.utfvalues(line) do line_out = line_out .. string.char(c) end return line_out end callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out) } \fi \txiusebytewiseiotrue } % Helpers for encodings. % Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number. % \def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } \def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{% \count255=128 \loop\ifnum\count255<256 \catcode\count255=#1\relax \advance\count255 by 1 \repeat } % @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters % according to the specified encoding. % \def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz} \def\documentencodingzzz#1{% % % Encoding being declared for the document. \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}% % % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able % to compare them with \ifx. \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}% \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}% \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}% \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}% \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}% % \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \asciichardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \lattwochardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latonechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine \iftxinativeunicodecapable \setbytewiseio \fi \setnonasciicharscatcode\active \latninechardefs % \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \iftxinativeunicodecapable % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) \nativeunicodechardefs \else % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX) \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is % sufficient. \fi % \else \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}% % \fi % utfeight \fi % latnine \fi % latone \fi % lattwo \fi % ascii % \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight \else \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii \else \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle % non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}% \fi \fi \fi } % emacs-page % A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available % the default font encoding (OT1). % \def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}} % Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference. \def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi} % First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be % correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of % macros containing the character definitions. \setnonasciicharscatcode\active % \def\gdefchar#1#2{% \gdef#1{% \ifpassthroughchars \string#1% \else #2% \fi }} % Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions. \def\latonechardefs{% \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown} \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}} \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar \gdefchar^^a7{\S} \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}} \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf} \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}} \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot} \gdefchar^^ad{\-} \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}} \gdefchar^^af{\={}} % \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree} \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$} \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$} \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$} \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$} \gdefchar^^b6{\P} \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot} \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$} \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm} \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}} \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$} \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$} \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$} \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown} % \gdefchar^^c0{\`A} \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} \gdefchar^^c3{\~A} \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A} \gdefchar^^c6{\AE} \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdefchar^^c8{\`E} \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} \gdefchar^^ca{\^E} \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} \gdefchar^^cc{\`I} \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} \gdefchar^^cf{\"I} % \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} \gdefchar^^d1{\~N} \gdefchar^^d2{\`O} \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} \gdefchar^^d5{\~O} \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} \gdefchar^^d8{\O} \gdefchar^^d9{\`U} \gdefchar^^da{\'U} \gdefchar^^db{\^U} \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} \gdefchar^^de{\TH} \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % \gdefchar^^e0{\`a} \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} \gdefchar^^e3{\~a} \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a} \gdefchar^^e6{\ae} \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdefchar^^e8{\`e} \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} \gdefchar^^ea{\^e} \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}} \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}} % \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} \gdefchar^^f1{\~n} \gdefchar^^f2{\`o} \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} \gdefchar^^f5{\~o} \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} \gdefchar^^f8{\o} \gdefchar^^f9{\`u} \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} \gdefchar^^fb{\^u} \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} \gdefchar^^fe{\th} \gdefchar^^ff{\"y} } % Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions. \def\latninechardefs{% % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1. \latonechardefs % \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}} \gdefchar^^a6{\v S} \gdefchar^^a8{\v s} \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z} \gdefchar^^b8{\v z} \gdefchar^^bc{\OE} \gdefchar^^bd{\oe} \gdefchar^^be{\"Y} } % Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions. \def\lattwochardefs{% \gdefchar^^a0{\tie} \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}} \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}} \gdefchar^^a3{\L} \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}} \gdefchar^^a5{\v L} \gdefchar^^a6{\'S} \gdefchar^^a7{\S} \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}} \gdefchar^^a9{\v S} \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S} \gdefchar^^ab{\v T} \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z} \gdefchar^^ad{\-} \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z} \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z} % \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}} \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}} \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }} \gdefchar^^b3{\l} \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}} \gdefchar^^b5{\v l} \gdefchar^^b6{\'s} \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}} \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ } \gdefchar^^b9{\v s} \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s} \gdefchar^^bb{\v t} \gdefchar^^bc{\'z} \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}} \gdefchar^^be{\v z} \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z} % \gdefchar^^c0{\'R} \gdefchar^^c1{\'A} \gdefchar^^c2{\^A} \gdefchar^^c3{\u A} \gdefchar^^c4{\"A} \gdefchar^^c5{\'L} \gdefchar^^c6{\'C} \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C} \gdefchar^^c8{\v C} \gdefchar^^c9{\'E} \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}} \gdefchar^^cb{\"E} \gdefchar^^cc{\v E} \gdefchar^^cd{\'I} \gdefchar^^ce{\^I} \gdefchar^^cf{\v D} % \gdefchar^^d0{\DH} \gdefchar^^d1{\'N} \gdefchar^^d2{\v N} \gdefchar^^d3{\'O} \gdefchar^^d4{\^O} \gdefchar^^d5{\H O} \gdefchar^^d6{\"O} \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$} \gdefchar^^d8{\v R} \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U} \gdefchar^^da{\'U} \gdefchar^^db{\H U} \gdefchar^^dc{\"U} \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y} \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T} \gdefchar^^df{\ss} % \gdefchar^^e0{\'r} \gdefchar^^e1{\'a} \gdefchar^^e2{\^a} \gdefchar^^e3{\u a} \gdefchar^^e4{\"a} \gdefchar^^e5{\'l} \gdefchar^^e6{\'c} \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c} \gdefchar^^e8{\v c} \gdefchar^^e9{\'e} \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}} \gdefchar^^eb{\"e} \gdefchar^^ec{\v e} \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}} \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}} \gdefchar^^ef{\v d} % \gdefchar^^f0{\dh} \gdefchar^^f1{\'n} \gdefchar^^f2{\v n} \gdefchar^^f3{\'o} \gdefchar^^f4{\^o} \gdefchar^^f5{\H o} \gdefchar^^f6{\"o} \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$} \gdefchar^^f8{\v r} \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u} \gdefchar^^fa{\'u} \gdefchar^^fb{\H u} \gdefchar^^fc{\"u} \gdefchar^^fd{\'y} \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t} \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}} } % UTF-8 character definitions. % % This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some % changes for Texinfo conventions. It is included here under the GPL by % permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team. % \newcount\countUTFx \newcount\countUTFy \newcount\countUTFz \gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname} % \gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname} \gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{% \ifx #1\relax \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}% \else \expandafter #1% \fi } % Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences \begingroup \catcode`\~13 \catcode`\$12 \catcode`\"12 % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value. \def\UTFviiiLoop{% \global\catcode\countUTFx\active \uccode`\~\countUTFx \uccode`\$\countUTFx \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}% \advance\countUTFx by 1 \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop \fi} % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files. \countUTFx = "80 \countUTFy = "C2 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "C2 \countUTFy = "E0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "E0 \countUTFy = "F0 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}% \UTFviiiLoop \countUTFx = "F0 \countUTFy = "F4 \def\UTFviiiTmp{% \gdef~{% \ifpassthroughchars $% \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi }}% \UTFviiiLoop \endgroup \def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below % @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it. \def\U#1{% \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \iftxinativeunicodecapable % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph, % letters are missing. \begingroup \uccode`\.="#1\relax \uppercase{.} \endgroup \else \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}% \fi \else \csname uni:#1\endcsname \fi } % These macros are used here to construct the name of a control % sequence to be defined. \def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}% \def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{% \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}% % For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX), % provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character; % this gets used by the @U command % \begingroup \catcode`\"=12 \catcode`\<=12 \catcode`\.=12 \catcode`\,=12 \catcode`\;=12 \catcode`\!=12 \catcode`\~=13 \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{% \countUTFz = "#1\relax \begingroup \parseXMLCharref % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g. % % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2 % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token) % \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}% % \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}% \fi % % define an additional control sequence for this code point. \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp \endgroup} % % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence. \gdef\parseXMLCharref{% \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax \errhelp = \EMsimple \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,% \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}% \else \parseUTFviiiA;% \parseUTFviiiA,% \parseUTFviiiA!% \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}% \fi\fi\fi } % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx. % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence. % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one % of the bytes. \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{% \countUTFx = \countUTFz \divide\countUTFz by 64 \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz. \multiply\countUTFz by 64 % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract % in order to get the last five bits. \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence. \advance\countUTFx by 128 \uccode `#1\countUTFx \countUTFz = \countUTFy} % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8 % sequence. % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros. % #3 is always a full stop (.) % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's. \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{% \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax \uccode `#3\countUTFz \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}} \endgroup % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally % \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{% \catcode"#1=\other } % https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M % U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block) % U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block) % U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A % U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B % % Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing % characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts % awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without % reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years, % plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else. % We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at % least make most of the characters not bomb out. % \def\unicodechardefs{% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}% % % Greek letters upper case \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}% %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}% % % Vowels with accents \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}% % % Standalone accent \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}% % % Greek letters lower case \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}% % % More Greek vowels with accents \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}% % % Variant Greek letters \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}% % % Punctuation \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}% % % Mathematical symbols \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}% % \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}% \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}% % \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}% }% end of \unicodechardefs % UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command) % It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence. \def\utfeightchardefs{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii \unicodechardefs } % Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to % non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to % write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for % printing the correct glyphs. \newif\ifpassthroughchars \passthroughcharsfalse % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character % \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{% \catcode"#1=\active \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{% \begingroup \uccode`\~="##2\relax \uppercase{\gdef~}{% \ifpassthroughchars ##1% \else ##3% \fi } \endgroup } \begingroup \uccode`\.="#1\relax \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}% \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}% \endgroup } % Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition. % It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters. \def\nativeunicodechardefs{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative \unicodechardefs } % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX), % make the character token expand % to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing. \def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{% \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2} \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp } % @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX). \def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{% \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU \unicodechardefs } % US-ASCII character definitions. \def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done \relax } % Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default % input encoding and allows @U to work. \iftxinativeunicodecapable \nativeunicodechardefsatu \else \utfeightchardefs \fi \message{formatting,} \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt % Prevent underfull vbox error messages. \vbadness = 10000 % Don't be very finicky about underfull hboxes, either. \hbadness = 6666 % Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans. \widowpenalty=10000 \clubpenalty=10000 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; % 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; % 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. % % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. % \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% \voffset = #3\relax \topskip = #6\relax \splittopskip = \topskip % \vsize = #1\relax \advance\vsize by \topskip \outervsize = \vsize \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin \txipageheight = \vsize % \hsize = #2\relax \outerhsize = \hsize \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in \txipagewidth = \hsize % \normaloffset = #4\relax \bindingoffset = #5\relax % \ifpdf \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with. \pdfhorigin = 1 true in \pdfvorigin = 1 true in \else \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined \special{papersize=#8,#7}% \else \pdfpageheight #7\relax \pdfpagewidth #8\relax % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin. \fi \fi % \setleading{\textleading} % \parindent = \defaultparindent \setemergencystretch } % @letterpaper (the default). \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines {\voffset}{.25in}% {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% {11in}{8.5in}% }} % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% {-.2in}{0in}% {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% {9.25in}{7in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.3in \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .5cm }} % Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. % (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) \def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt \textleading = 12pt % \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% {-.2in}{-.4in}% {0pt}{14pt}% {9in}{6in}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.25in \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = .4cm }} % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \textleading = 13.2pt % % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in % your texinfo source file like this: % @tex % \global\normaloffset = -6mm % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm % @end tex \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {297mm}{210mm}% % \tolerance = 700 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 5mm }} % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt \textleading = 12.5pt % \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% {\voffset}{\hoffset}% {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% {210mm}{148mm}% % \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \tolerance = 800 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt \defbodyindent = 2mm \tableindent = 12mm }} % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% {\voffset}{4.6mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% % % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. \globaldefs = 0 }} % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% {297mm}{210mm}% \globaldefs = 0 }} \def\bsixpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 \afourpaper \internalpagesizes{140mm}{100mm}% {-6.35mm}{-12.7mm}% {\bindingoffset}{14pt}% {176mm}{125mm}% \let\SETdispenvsize=\smallword \lispnarrowing = 0.2in \globaldefs = 0 }} % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. % \parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi \globaldefs = 1 % \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt \setleading{\textleading}% % \dimen0 = #1\relax \advance\dimen0 by 2.5in % default 1in margin above heading line % and 1.5in to include heading, footing and % bottom margin % \dimen2 = \hsize \advance\dimen2 by 2in % default to 1 inch margin on each side % \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% }} % Set default to letter. % \letterpaper % Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes. \hfuzz = 1pt \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} \def^^L{\par} % remove \outer, so ^L can appear in an @comment % DEL is a comment character, in case @c does not suffice. \catcode`\^^? = 14 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. \catcode`\"=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\+=\other \def\normalplus{+} \catcode`\<=\other \def\normalless{<} \catcode`\>=\other \def\normalgreater{>} \catcode`\^=\other \def\normalcaret{^} \catcode`\_=\other \def\normalunderscore{_} \catcode`\|=\other \def\normalverticalbar{|} \catcode`\~=\other \def\normaltilde{~} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, % where something hairier probably needs to be done. % % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway % this is not a problem. \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Set catcodes for Texinfo file % Active characters for printing the wanted glyph. % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can % use math or other variants that look better in normal text. % \catcode`\"=\active \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} \let"=\activedoublequote \catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde \chardef\hatchar=`\^ \catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat \catcode`\_=\active \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } \let\realunder=_ \catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}} \chardef \less=`\< \catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless \chardef \gtr=`\> \catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} \catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix \catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash % used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page % breaks in the middle of an @tex block. \def\texinfochars{% \let< = \activeless \let> = \activegtr \let~ = \activetilde \let^ = \activehat \setregularquotes \let\b = \strong \let\i = \smartitalic % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too. } % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after % parsing them. \def\turnoffactive{% \normalturnoffactive \otherbackslash } \catcode`\@=0 % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, % as in \char`\\. \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} % In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash % in fixed width font. \catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on. % Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use % \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char % of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol % font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex % sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar, % which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam; % ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the % usual hex value because it has already been made active. @def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}} @let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents. % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with % catcode other. @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of % the literal character `\'. % {@catcode`- = @active @gdef@normalturnoffactive{% @passthroughcharstrue @let-=@normaldash @let"=@normaldoublequote @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix @let+=@normalplus @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater @let^=@normalcaret @let_=@normalunderscore @let|=@normalverticalbar @let~=@normaltilde @let\=@ttbackslash @setregularquotes @unsepspaces } } % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. % So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on. @catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other % \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo' % % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing % a backslash. % If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after % the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error. % This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex. % We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden. { @catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{% @global@let\ = @eatinput% @catcode`@^^M=13% @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}% % Definition for the newline at the end of this file. @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}% % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file. @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}% % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it @let@originalparsearg@parsearg @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg} }} {@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13% @gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}} % Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token % appears by mistake. {@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13% @gdef@enableemergencynewline{% @gdef^^M{% @par% %@par% }}} @gdef@fixbackslash{% @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi @catcode13=5 % regular end of line @enableemergencynewline @let@c=@comment @let@parsearg@originalparsearg % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active % % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format % file for Texinfo. % @openin 1 texinfo.cnf @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi @closein 1 } % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. @escapechar = `@@ % These (along with & and #) are made active for url-breaking, so need % active definitions as the normal characters. @def@normaldot{.} @def@normalquest{?} @def@normalslash{/} % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. % @hashchar{} gets its own user-level command, because of #line. @catcode`@& = @other @def@normalamp{&} @catcode`@# = @other @def@normalhash{#} @catcode`@% = @other @def@normalpercent{%} @let @hashchar = @normalhash @c Finally, make ` and ' active, so that txicodequoteundirected and @c txicodequotebacktick work right in, e.g., @w{@code{`foo'}}. If we @c don't make ` and ' active, @code will not get them as active chars. @c Do this last of all since we use ` in the previous @catcode assignments. @catcode`@'=@active @catcode`@`=@active @setregularquotes @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: @c vim:sw=2: @enablebackslashhack libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/config.guess0000755000000000000000000014306714701676710016643 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale timestamp='2024-07-27' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that # program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 # of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). # # Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston. # # You can get the latest version of this script from: # https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess # # Please send patches to . # The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints # about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were # superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide # variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and # even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still # have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system '$me' is run on. Options: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright 1992-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try '$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi # Just in case it came from the environment. GUESS= # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, 'CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named 'HOST_CC'. We still # use 'HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. tmp= # shellcheck disable=SC2172 trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15 set_cc_for_build() { # prevent multiple calls if $tmp is already set test "$tmp" && return 0 : "${TMPDIR=/tmp}" # shellcheck disable=SC2039,SC3028 { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } dummy=$tmp/dummy case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in ,,) echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c" for driver in cc gcc c17 c99 c89 ; do if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=$driver break fi done if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac } # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown case $UNAME_SYSTEM in Linux|GNU|GNU/*) LIBC=unknown set_cc_for_build cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c" #if defined(__ANDROID__) LIBC=android #else #include #if defined(__UCLIBC__) LIBC=uclibc #elif defined(__dietlibc__) LIBC=dietlibc #elif defined(__GLIBC__) LIBC=gnu #elif defined(__LLVM_LIBC__) LIBC=llvm #else #include /* First heuristic to detect musl libc. */ #ifdef __DEFINED_va_list LIBC=musl #endif #endif #endif EOF cc_set_libc=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'` eval "$cc_set_libc" # Second heuristic to detect musl libc. if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ] && command -v ldd >/dev/null && ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl; then LIBC=musl fi # If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc. # We could probably try harder. if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ]; then LIBC=gnu fi ;; esac # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \ /sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \ echo unknown)` case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in aarch64eb) machine=aarch64_be-unknown ;; armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; earmv*) arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'` endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'` machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown ;; *) machine=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI. case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in earm*) os=netbsdelf ;; arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ELF__ then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # Determine ABI tags. case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in earm*) expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//' abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"` ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case $UNAME_VERSION in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. GUESS=$machine-${os}${release}${abi-} ;; *:Bitrig:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-bitrig$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-openbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:SecBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/SecBSD.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-secbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:LibertyBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-libertybsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:MidnightBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-midnightbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ekkobsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:SolidBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-solidbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:OS108:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-os108_$UNAME_RELEASE ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Sortix:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sortix ;; *:Twizzler:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-twizzler ;; *:Redox:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-redox ;; mips:OSF1:*.*) GUESS=mips-dec-osf1 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code. trap '' 0 case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case $ALPHA_CPU_TYPE in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;; esac # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. OSF_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-osf$OSF_REL ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) GUESS=m68k-unknown-sysv4 ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-amigaos ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-morphos ;; *:OS/390:*:*) GUESS=i370-ibm-openedition ;; *:z/VM:*:*) GUESS=s390-ibm-zvmoe ;; *:OS400:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-ibm-os400 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) GUESS=arm-acorn-riscix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*) GUESS=arm-unknown-riscos ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp ;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. case `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` in att) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 ;; *) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-bsd ;; esac ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-svr4 ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx6 ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx7 ;; esac ;; s390x:SunOS:*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=sparc-hal-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) GUESS=i386-pc-auroraux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) set_cc_for_build SUN_ARCH=i386 # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. # This test works for both compilers. if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -m64 -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null then SUN_ARCH=x86_64 fi fi SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=$SUN_ARCH-pc-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris3$SUN_REL ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case `/usr/bin/arch -k` in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like '4.1.3-JL'. SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/'` GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$SUN_REL ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case `/bin/arch` in sun3) GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; sun4) GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; esac ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) GUESS=sparc-auspex-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-milan-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-hades-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-unknown-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; m68k:machten:*:*) GUESS=m68k-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) GUESS=mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) GUESS=mips-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) GUESS=vax-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) GUESS=clipper-intergraph-clix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #ifdef __cplusplus #include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } GUESS=mips-mips-riscos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-motorola-powermax ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-harris-powerunix ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) GUESS=m88k-harris-cxux7 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv4 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 || test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110 then if test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx || \ test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x then GUESS=m88k-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE else GUESS=m88k-dg-dguxbcs$UNAME_RELEASE fi else GUESS=i586-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE fi ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) GUESS=m88k-dolphin-sysv3 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) GUESS=m88k-tektronix-sysv3 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) GUESS=m68k-tektronix-bsd ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) IRIX_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/g'` GUESS=mips-sgi-irix$IRIX_REL ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. GUESS=romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) GUESS=i386-ibm-aix ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if test -x /usr/bin/oslevel ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-aix$IBM_REV ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #include int main () { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` then GUESS=$SYSTEM_NAME else GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 fi elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi ;; *:AIX:*:[4567]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if test -x /usr/bin/lslpp ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | \ awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/` else IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE fi GUESS=$IBM_ARCH-ibm-aix$IBM_REV ;; *:AIX:*:*) GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*) GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd4.4 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd$UNAME_RELEASE # 4.3 with uname added to ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) GUESS=rs6000-bull-bosx ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) GUESS=m68k-bull-sysv3 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd4.4 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case $UNAME_MACHINE in 9000/31?) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]??) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case $sc_cpu_version in 523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case $sc_kernel_bits in 32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;; 64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;; '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if test "$HP_ARCH" = ""; then set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if test "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w then set_cc_for_build # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: # # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | grep -q __LP64__ then HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w else HP_ARCH=hppa64 fi fi GUESS=$HP_ARCH-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` GUESS=ia64-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #include int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } GUESS=unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-bsd ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-bsd ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-mpeix ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-osf ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-osf ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if test -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ; then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1mk else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1 fi ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-lites ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) GUESS=c1-convex-bsd ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) GUESS=c34-convex-bsd ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) GUESS=c38-convex-bsd ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) GUESS=c4-convex-bsd ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=ymp-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=t90-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=alphaev5-cray-unicosmk$CRAY_REL ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=sv1-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=craynv-cray-unicosmp$CRAY_REL ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'` GUESS=${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL} ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'` GUESS=sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL} ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) GUESS=sparc-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE ;; arm:FreeBSD:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP then FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabi else FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabihf fi ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in amd64) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;; esac FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-cygwin ;; *:MINGW64*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw64 ;; *:MINGW*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw32 ;; *:MSYS*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msys ;; i*:PW*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-pw32 ;; *:SerenityOS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-serenity ;; *:Interix*:*) case $UNAME_MACHINE in x86) GUESS=i586-pc-interix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) GUESS=x86_64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; IA64) GUESS=ia64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; esac ;; i*:UWIN*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-uwin ;; amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) GUESS=x86_64-pc-cygwin ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system GNU_ARCH=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE" | sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'` GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` GUESS=$GNU_ARCH-unknown-$LIBC$GNU_REL ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland GNU_SYS=`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"` GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-$GNU_SYS$GNU_REL-$LIBC ;; x86_64:[Mm]anagarm:*:*|i?86:[Mm]anagarm:*:*) GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-managarm-mlibc" ;; *:[Mm]anagarm:*:*) GUESS="$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-managarm-mlibc" ;; *:Minix:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-minix ;; aarch64:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build CPU=$UNAME_MACHINE LIBCABI=$LIBC if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then ABI=64 sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #ifdef __ARM_EABI__ #ifdef __ARM_PCS_VFP ABI=eabihf #else ABI=eabi #endif #endif EOF cc_set_abi=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^ABI' | sed 's, ,,g'` eval "$cc_set_abi" case $ABI in eabi | eabihf) CPU=armv8l; LIBCABI=$LIBC$ABI ;; esac fi GUESS=$CPU-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI ;; aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:* | arc32:Linux:*:* | arc64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC else if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf fi fi ;; avr32*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; cris:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC ;; e2k:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; frv:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; hexagon:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-linux-$LIBC ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; k1om:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; kvx:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; kvx:cos:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-cos ;; kvx:mbr:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mbr ;; loongarch32:Linux:*:* | loongarch64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build IS_GLIBC=0 test x"${LIBC}" = xgnu && IS_GLIBC=1 sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #undef CPU #undef mips #undef mipsel #undef mips64 #undef mips64el #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABI64) LIBCABI=gnuabi64 #else #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABIN32) LIBCABI=gnuabin32 #else LIBCABI=${LIBC} #endif #endif #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6 CPU=mipsisa64r6 #else #if ${IS_GLIBC} && !defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6 CPU=mipsisa32r6 #else #if defined(__mips64) CPU=mips64 #else CPU=mips #endif #endif #endif #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) MIPS_ENDIAN=el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) MIPS_ENDIAN= #else MIPS_ENDIAN= #endif #endif EOF cc_set_vars=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU\|^MIPS_ENDIAN\|^LIBCABI'` eval "$cc_set_vars" test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU${MIPS_ENDIAN}-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI"; exit; } ;; mips64el:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; openrisc*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=or1k-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; padre:Linux:*:*) GUESS=sparc-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=hppa64-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) GUESS=hppa1.1-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; PA8*) GUESS=hppa2.0-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; *) GUESS=hppa-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; esac ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpc64-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; ppc64le:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpc64le-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; ppcle:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv32be:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:* | riscv64be:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-linux-$LIBC ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; tile*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; vax:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-linux-$LIBC ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build CPU=$UNAME_MACHINE LIBCABI=$LIBC if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then ABI=64 sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #ifdef __i386__ ABI=x86 #else #ifdef __ILP32__ ABI=x32 #endif #endif EOF cc_set_abi=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^ABI' | sed 's, ,,g'` eval "$cc_set_abi" case $ABI in x86) CPU=i686 ;; x32) LIBCABI=${LIBC}x32 ;; esac fi GUESS=$CPU-pc-linux-$LIBCABI ;; xtensa*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. GUESS=i386-sequent-sysv4 ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv4.2uw$UNAME_VERSION ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find 'uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-os2-emx ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-stop ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-atheos ;; i*86:syllable:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-syllable ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) GUESS=i386-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msdosdjgpp ;; i*86:*:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-univel-sysv$UNAME_REL else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv$UNAME_REL fi ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv32 fi ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that # this is a cross-build. GUESS=i586-pc-msdosdjgpp ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) GUESS=i386-pc-mach3 ;; paragon:*:*:*) GUESS=i860-intel-osf1 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then GUESS=i860-stardent-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. GUESS=i860-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" GUESS=m68010-convergent-sysv ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) GUESS=m68k-convergent-sysv ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) GUESS=m68k-diab-dnix ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) OS_REL='.3' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) GUESS=m68k-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-sysv4 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) GUESS=sparc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) GUESS=rs6000-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) GUESS=powerpc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) GUESS=mips-dde-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-sni-sysv4 else GUESS=ns32k-sni-sysv fi ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys 'ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says GUESS=i586-unisys-sysv4 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. GUESS=i860-stratus-sysv4 ;; i*86:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-stratus-vos ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-vos ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) GUESS=m68k-apple-aux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) GUESS=mips-sony-newsos6 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if test -d /usr/nec; then GUESS=mips-nec-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE else GUESS=mips-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE fi ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. GUESS=powerpc-be-beos ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. GUESS=powerpc-apple-beos ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. GUESS=i586-pc-beos ;; BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. GUESS=i586-pc-haiku ;; ppc:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Apple PowerPC GUESS=powerpc-apple-haiku ;; *:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku modern gcc (not bound by BeOS compat) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-haiku ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx4-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx5-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx6-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx7-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx8-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx8r-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sxace-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE ;; arm64:Darwin:*:*) GUESS=aarch64-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac if command -v xcode-select > /dev/null 2> /dev/null && \ ! xcode-select --print-path > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then # Avoid executing cc if there is no toolchain installed as # cc will be a stub that puts up a graphical alert # prompting the user to install developer tools. CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found else set_cc_for_build fi if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null then case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;; esac fi # On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_PPC >/dev/null then UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc fi elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then # uname -m returns i386 or x86_64 UNAME_PROCESSOR=$UNAME_MACHINE fi GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-$UNAME_MACHINE-nto-qnx$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:QNX:*:4*) GUESS=i386-pc-qnx ;; NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=neo-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nse-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nsr-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nsv-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nsx-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) GUESS=mips-compaq-nonstopux ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) GUESS=bs2000-siemens-sysv ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-$UNAME_SYSTEM-$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "${cputype-}" = 386; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 elif test "x${cputype-}" != x; then UNAME_MACHINE=$cputype fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-plan9 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops10 ;; *:TENEX:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tenex ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-dec-tops20 ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-xkl-tops20 ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops20 ;; *:ITS:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-its ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) GUESS=mips-sei-seiux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) DRAGONFLY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-dragonfly$DRAGONFLY_REL ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case $UNAME_MACHINE in A*) GUESS=alpha-dec-vms ;; I*) GUESS=ia64-dec-vms ;; V*) GUESS=vax-dec-vms ;; esac ;; *:XENIX:*:SysV) GUESS=i386-pc-xenix ;; i*86:skyos:*:*) SKYOS_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-skyos$SKYOS_REL ;; i*86:rdos:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-rdos ;; i*86:Fiwix:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-fiwix ;; *:AROS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-aros ;; x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-esx ;; amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*) GUESS=x86_64-unknown-onefs ;; *:Unleashed:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-unleashed$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Ironclad:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ironclad ;; esac # Do we have a guess based on uname results? if test "x$GUESS" != x; then echo "$GUESS" exit fi # No uname command or uname output not recognized. set_cc_for_build cat > "$dummy.c" < #include #endif #if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) #if defined (vax) || defined (__vax) || defined (__vax__) || defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__) #include #if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) #include #endif #endif #endif int main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) #if !defined (ultrix) #include #if defined (BSD) #if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); #else #if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #else #if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) struct utsname un; uname (&un); printf ("vax-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0); #else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) #if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__) #if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) struct utsname *un; uname (&un); printf ("mips-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0); #else printf ("mips-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo "$ISP-apollo-$SYSTYPE"; exit; } echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2 case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM in mips:Linux | mips64:Linux) # If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information. cat >&2 <&2 <&2 </dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE" UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE" UNAME_SYSTEM = "$UNAME_SYSTEM" UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION" EOF fi exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/install-sh0000755000000000000000000003577613753651557016346 0ustar rootroot#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. tab=' ' nl=' ' IFS=" $tab$nl" # Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script. doit=${DOITPROG-} doit_exec=${doit:-exec} # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 # Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755. # This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020). mkdir_umask=22 backupsuffix= chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false is_target_a_directory=possibly usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -p pass -p to $cpprog. -s $stripprog installed files. -S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG, it's up to you to specify -f if you want it. If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted. Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org. Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/ " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -S) backupsuffix="$2" shift;; -t) is_target_a_directory=always dst_arg=$2 # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac shift;; -T) is_target_a_directory=never;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done # We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d # take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then if test -n "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $src in -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? # Don't chown directories that already exist. if test $dstdir_status = 0; then chowncmd="" fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # If destination is a directory, append the input filename. if test -d "$dst"; then if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dstbase=`basename "$src"` case $dst in */) dst=$dst$dstbase;; *) dst=$dst/$dstbase;; esac dstdir_status=0 else dstdir=`dirname "$dst"` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi case $dstdir in */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;; *) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;; esac obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false # The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it # here however when possible just to lower collision chance. tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap ' ret=$? rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null exit $ret ' 0 # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir' # directory is successfully created first before we actually test # 'mkdir -p'. if (umask $mkdir_umask && $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a" ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ set -f set fnord $dstdir shift set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test X"$d" = X && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_ rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && { test -z "$stripcmd" || { # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only, # which would cause strip to fail. if test -z "$doit"; then : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'. else $doit touch "$dsttmp" fi } } && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed # already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails, # e.g., if mv doesn't support -f. if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null fi # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/autotools/missing0000755000000000000000000001533614072725711015714 0ustar rootroot#! /bin/sh # Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case $1 in --is-lightweight) # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing # script is modern enough. exit 0 ;; --run) # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. shift ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due to PROGRAM being missing or too old. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo bison yacc flex lex help2man Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and 'g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Run the given program, remember its exit status. "$@"; st=$? # If it succeeded, we are done. test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 # Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was # passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the # program is present and works. case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user # tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a # minimum version. if test $st -eq 63; then msg="probably too old" elif test $st -eq 127; then # Program was missing. msg="missing on your system" else # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. exit $st fi perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/ flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software program_details () { case $1 in aclocal|automake) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; esac } give_advice () { # Normalize program name to check for. normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' s/^gnu-//; t s/^gnu//; t s/^g//; t'` printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" case $normalized_program in autoconf*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," echo "or m4 files included by it." program_details 'autoconf' ;; autoheader*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'autoheader' ;; automake*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'automake' ;; aclocal*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'aclocal' ;; autom4te*) echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." program_details 'autom4te' ;; bison*|yacc*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" ;; lex*|flex*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" echo "<$flex_URL>" ;; help2man*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ "of a man page." echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" ;; makeinfo*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" echo "want to install GNU make:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" ;; *) echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." ;; esac } give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 # Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program # not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). exit $st # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: libmikmod-3.3.13/config.h.cmake0000644000000000000000000001722114362453356014761 0ustar rootroot/* config.h -- Generated CMake. */ /* ========== Features selection */ /* Define if your system supports binary pipes (i.e. Unix) */ #cmakedefine DRV_PIPE 1 /* Define if you want support for output to stdout */ #cmakedefine DRV_STDOUT 1 /* Define if you want an .aiff file writer driver */ #cmakedefine DRV_AIFF 1 /* Define if you want a .wav file writer driver */ #cmakedefine DRV_WAV 1 /* Define if you want a raw pcm data file writer driver */ #cmakedefine DRV_RAW 1 /* Define if the DEC AudioFile server driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_AF 1 /* Define if the Amiga AHI driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_AHI 1 /* Define if the AIX audio driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_AIX 1 /* Define if the Linux ALSA driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_ALSA 1 /* Define if the PulseAudio driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_PULSEAUDIO 1 /* Define if the Enlightened Sound Daemon driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_ESD 1 /* Define if the HP-UX audio driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_HP 1 /* Define if the Network Audio System driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_NAS 1 /* Define if the OpenAL driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_OPENAL 1 /* Define if the OpenSL ES driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_OSLES 1 /* Define if the Open Sound System driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_OSS 1 /* Define if the Linux SAM9407 driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_SAM9407 1 /* Define if the SDL audio driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_SDL 1 /* Define if the SGI audio driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_SGI 1 /* Define if the OpenBSD sndio driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_SNDIO 1 /* Define if the Sun audio driver or compatible (NetBSD, OpenBSD) is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_SUN 1 /* Define if the Linux Ultra driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_ULTRA 1 /* Define this if you want the MacOS X CoreAudio driver */ #cmakedefine DRV_OSX 1 /* Define this if you want the Carbon Mac Audio driver */ #cmakedefine DRV_MAC 1 /* Define if the Windows DirectSound driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_DS 1 /* Define if the Windows MCI driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_WIN 1 /* Define if the Windows XAudio2 driver is compiled */ #cmakedefine DRV_XAUDIO2 1 /* Define if using XAudio 2.8 for Windows8 with XAudio2 driver */ #cmakedefine DRV_XAUDIO28 1 /* Define if you want a debug version of the library */ #cmakedefine MIKMOD_DEBUG 1 /* Define if you want runtime dynamic linking of ALSA, PulseAudio, or EsounD drivers */ #cmakedefine MIKMOD_DYNAMIC 1 /* Define if you want to use SIMD (AltiVec or SSE2) optimizations (Unstable!) */ #cmakedefine MIKMOD_SIMD 1 /* Define to 0 or 1 to override MIKMOD_UNIX in mikmod_internals.h. */ #cmakedefine MIKMOD_UNIX 1 /* disable module depackers support. */ #cmakedefine NO_DEPACKERS 1 /* disable the high quality mixer (build only with the standart mixer) */ #cmakedefine NO_HQMIXER 1 /* ========== Build environment information */ /* Define if your system is SunOS 4.* */ #cmakedefine SUNOS 1 /* Define if your system provides POSIX.4 threads */ #cmakedefine HAVE_PTHREAD 1 /* Define if your system needs leading underscore to function names in dlsym() calls */ #cmakedefine DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 1 /* define this if you are running a bigendian system (motorola, sparc, etc) */ #cmakedefine WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #cmakedefine HAVE_AF_AFLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #cmakedefine HAVE_AL_AL_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #cmakedefine HAVE_AL_ALC_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #cmakedefine HAVE_AL_ALEXT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #cmakedefine HAVE_ALSA_ASOUNDLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the